JP2020099399A - Game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

To provide a game machine that can prevent a performance from being inappropriate.SOLUTION: A performance control CPU 120, as a variable display performance, can execute a setting suggestion on the basis of any one of patterns PT-1 to PT-7 or a ready-to-win notice on the basis of a pattern PT-8 or PT-9, and executes a setting suggestion (strong) at a higher ratio when the variable display performance is executed in a second period than when the variable display performance is executed in a first period, when the variable display performance can be executed in the first period and the second period during a variable display of a normal ready-to-win and a super ready-to-win.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 8-22

Description

The present invention relates to a gaming machine that can be controlled in an advantageous state advantageous to a player.

Some conventional gaming machines can change the probability that the variable display result is a big hit (the probability of being controlled to an advantageous state) by changing the set value (see, for example, Patent Document 1).

JP, 2010-200902, A

In the gaming machine described in Patent Document 1, it is possible to execute a setting suggestion effect that suggests a setting value depending on the type of animal displayed, but for example, in the case where such a setting suggestion effect can be repeatedly executed a plurality of times. In addition, since no consideration is given to how to execute the setting suggestion effect by the first number and the second number of times, there is a problem that the effect may be inappropriate. It was

The present invention has been made in view of such problems, and an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine capable of preventing the production from being inappropriate.

The gaming machine of means 1 is
It can be controlled to an advantageous state that is advantageous to the player (for example, a jackpot gaming state), and is set to any one of a plurality of set values (for example, set values 1 to 6) with different degrees of advantage for the player. A possible gaming machine (for example, a pachinko gaming machine 1),
A predetermined effect execution means capable of executing a predetermined effect in one of a plurality of effect modes (for example, the effect control CPU 120 can execute a variable display effect);
The presentation mode of the predetermined performance is a first suggestion mode (e.g., setting suggestion (low) based on pattern PT-1 to pattern PT-4) that makes a suggestion about the setting, and a setting and a type suggested by the first suggestion mode. A second suggestion mode (e.g., suggesting settings (high) based on pattern PT-5 to pattern PT-7) for making a suggestion regarding different settings of
When the predetermined effect execution means can execute both the predetermined effect of the first suggestion mode and the predetermined effect of the second suggestion mode when executing the predetermined effect a plurality of times (for example, as a second embodiment, FIG. As shown in 8-21, during normal reach and super reach variable display), a plurality of times after the first number of times are performed after the predetermined effect is performed a first number of times. The predetermined effect of the second suggestive aspect can be executed at a higher rate when the predetermined effect is executed in the second number of times (for example, FIGS. 8-23 to 8-26 and FIGS. 8-28 to 8). As shown in −31, when the effect control CPU 120 can execute the variable display effect during the first period and the second period during the variable display of the normal reach or the super reach as in the second and third embodiments, (A portion that executes setting suggestion (strong) at a higher rate when executing the variable display effect during the second period than when performing the variable display effect during the first period)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the predetermined effect of the second suggestion mode is easily executed as the predetermined effect is repeatedly executed, so that the player's expectation for the execution of the predetermined effect of the second suggestion mode is maintained. You can

The gaming machine of means 2 is the gaming machine described in means 1,
The predetermined effect executing means includes the first suggestion mode and the second suggestion mode when the predetermined effect is executed at the first number of times and when the predetermined effect is executed at the second number of times. The predetermined effect of the aspect can be executed at the same ratio (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-27 as the third embodiment, when the effect control CPU 120 executes the variable display effect in the first period and (A part where the setting suggestion based on any of the patterns PT-1 to PT-7 is executed at the same rate when the variable display effect is executed in the second period after the first period)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, it is possible to expect the execution of the predetermined effect of the specific aspect to be the same regardless of whether the predetermined effect of the specific aspect is executed the first number of times or the second number of times.

The gaming machine of means 3 is the gaming machine described in means 1 or 2,
The predetermined effect execution means,
It is possible to execute a predetermined effect of a special mode (for example, reach announcement based on a special pattern PT-8 or a pattern PT-9) that suggests that the advantageous state is controlled.
When the predetermined effect is executed for the second number of times, the predetermined effect of the special mode can be executed at a rate higher than that for executing the predetermined effect of the special mode for the first number of times (for example, Example 2). As shown in FIG. 8-22, the effect control CPU 120 executes the variable display effect during the second period after the first period as compared with the case where the variable display effect is performed during the first period. (The part that executes the reach announcement based on the pattern PT-8 or the pattern PT-9, which is a special pattern, in a higher case)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the rate of execution of the special effect in the special mode increases as the predetermined effect is repeatedly executed, so that the expectation for the advantageous state can be increased at a timing close to one game result.

The gaming machine of means 4 is the gaming machine according to any one of means 1 to 3,
The gaming machine is capable of variably displaying (for example, as shown in FIG. 5, the CPU 103 executes a special symbol variation process to perform a variably displaying of special symbols, and a production control as shown in FIG. 7. CPU120 for performing the variable display during the effect processing, the variable display of the decorative pattern is executed),
The predetermined effect execution means can execute the predetermined effect a plurality of times in one variable display (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-21 as the second embodiment, the effect control CPU 120 causes the normal reach effect to be started more than the start of the normal reach effect). (A portion in which the variable display effect can be executed in the first period and the second period which are the previous periods)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the opportunity to be provided with the special effect of the special mode or the specific mode in one variable display increases, so that the interest is improved.

The gaming machine of means 5 is the gaming machine according to any one of means 1 to 4,
The gaming machine is capable of variably displaying (for example, as shown in FIG. 5, the CPU 103 executes a special symbol variation process to perform a variably displaying of special symbols, and a production control as shown in FIG. 7. CPU120 for performing the variable display during the effect processing, the variable display of the decorative pattern is executed),
The predetermined effect execution means is capable of executing the predetermined effect a plurality of times over a plurality of times of variable display (for example, the effect control CPU 120 displays a variable display (target change) based on the pending storage that is the target of the prefetching notice). (A part that executes reach announcement or setting suggestion as a look-ahead announcement for target variation over multiple variable displays until it starts)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the special effect of the special mode or the predetermined effect of the setting specific mode can be executed before the variable display as one game result is started, so that the interest is improved.

The gaming machine of means 6 is the gaming machine according to any one of means 1 to 5,
The predetermined effect execution means is capable of executing a special effect in a special mode that suggests that the control is performed in the advantageous state and that also indicates a setting (for example, the effect control CPU 120 notifies the reach announcement and the setting suggestion). When both are feasible, a specific image suggesting both the big hit and the maximum setting (setting value 6) (for example, when the image Z1 of the paraglider is displayed, the paraglider in which the character appears moves). (Such as images))
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, it is possible to effectively increase the player's expectation that the predetermined aspect of the special aspect or the special aspect different from the specific aspect is executed, so that the interest of the game can be improved.

Note that the present invention may have only the invention specifying matters described in the claims of the present invention, and has a configuration other than the invention specifying matters described in the claims of the present invention. It may be one.

It is a front view of the pachinko gaming machine in this embodiment. It is a block diagram showing various control boards and the like mounted on a pachinko gaming machine. It is a flow chart which shows an example of game control main processing. It is the flowchart which shows one example of the timer interruption processing for game control. It is a flowchart showing an example of a special symbol process processing. It is the flowchart which shows one example of production control main processing. It is the flowchart which shows one example of production control process treatment. It is a front view of a pachinko gaming machine. It is a block diagram showing various control boards and the like mounted on a pachinko gaming machine. It is a rear perspective view of a pachinko gaming machine. (A), (B) is a figure which illustrates an effect control command. It is explanatory drawing which shows each random number. It is a figure which illustrates a fluctuation pattern. It is explanatory drawing which shows a display result determination table. It is an explanatory view showing a jackpot type determination table. It is explanatory drawing which shows the content of various jackpots. (A) is an explanatory view showing a large hit variation pattern determination table (for big hit A), (B) is an explanatory view showing a large hit variation pattern determination table (for big hit B, big hit C), (C) FIG. 9 is an explanatory diagram showing a variation pattern determination table for small hits. It is an explanatory view showing a variation pattern determination table for deviation. It is an explanatory view showing a receiving command buffer at the time of dynamic winning. (A) is a front view of a display monitor, (B) is a figure which shows the display mode of a display monitor, (C) is explanatory drawing of a display content. It is the flowchart which shows the game control main processing. 8 is a flowchart showing an example of variable display start setting processing. It is a flow chart which shows an example of production decision processing during change display. It is explanatory drawing which shows the content of the effect type during variable display. (A) is a diagram showing a production (reach notice) type determination table A, and (B) is a diagram showing a production (setting suggestion) type determination table B. (A)-(C) is a figure which shows the flow of the effect during variable display. (A) is a figure which shows the production mode of the reach announcement (low) based on pattern PT-8, (B) is a figure which shows the production mode of the reach announcement (high) based on pattern PT-9. (A) is a flowchart which shows an example of the variable display production effect determination process as the modification 1, (B) is a figure which shows the reach announcement and the determination rate of a setting suggestion when the production type determination table C is used. (A) is a figure which shows the production period of the effect during variable display as Example 2, (B) is a figure which shows the effect execution determination table during variable display. (A) is a diagram showing the reach decision rate of the reach announcement and setting suggestion in the first period and the second period when the change pattern is the normal reach and the set value 1 and the set value 6, and (B) is the change pattern set with the super reach. It is a figure which shows the execution determination rate of the reach announcement and setting suggestion in the 1st period and the 2nd period in the value 1 and the setting value 6. It is a diagram showing the effect type determination ratio during variable display during the first period when the variation pattern is normal reach. It is a diagram showing a variable display effect type determination rate in the second period when the change pattern is normal reach. It is a figure which shows the production type determination ratio during variable display in the first period when the variation pattern is super reach. It is a diagram showing the effect type determination ratio during variable display during the second period when the variation pattern is super reach. (A) is a diagram showing the execution decision ratio of reach advance notice and setting suggestion in the first period and the second period in the set value 1 and the set value 6 in the normal reach in the third embodiment, and (B) shows the change pattern. It is a figure which shows the execution determination ratio of the reach announcement and setting suggestion in the 1st period and the 2nd period in the setting value 1 and the setting value 6 in super reach. It is a diagram showing the effect type determination ratio during variable display during the first period when the variation pattern is normal reach. It is a diagram showing a variable display effect type determination rate in the second period when the change pattern is normal reach. It is a figure which shows the production type determination ratio during variable display in the first period when the variation pattern is super reach. It is a diagram showing the effect type determination ratio during variable display during the second period when the variation pattern is super reach. It is a figure which shows the production period of the production during a variable display as Example 4. It is a flowchart which shows an example of the variable display during production determination process as Example 4. (A) is a diagram showing the execution decision ratios of reach announcement and setting suggestion in the first period in the set value 1 and the set value 6 which are common to the normal reach/super reach in the fourth embodiment, and (B) shows the change pattern. The figure which shows the execution decision ratio of the reach announcement and the setting suggestion in the second period in the set value 1 and the set value 6 in the normal reach, (C) is the change pattern in the second period in the set value 1 and the set value 6 in the super reach. FIG. 5 is a diagram showing the execution decision ratio of the reach announcement and setting suggestion of FIG. It is the figure which shows the production type decision ratio during variable display in the 1st period. It is a diagram showing a variable display effect type determination rate in the second period when the change pattern is normal reach. It is a diagram showing the effect type determination ratio during variable display during the second period when the variation pattern is super reach. It is a figure which shows the production period of the production during a variable display as a modification 2. (A) is a diagram showing the reach decision ratio of the advance notice and setting suggestion in the first period in the setting value 1 and the setting value 6 common to all the variation patterns in the modified example 2, and (B) is the variation pattern in the normal reach/super reach The figure showing the execution decision ratio of reach announcement and setting suggestion in the second period for the common set value 1 and set value 6, (C) shows the variation pattern for both normal reach and super reach in the set value 1 and set value 6 It is a figure which shows the execution decision rate of the reach announcement and setting suggestion in three periods.

(Basic explanation)
First, the basic configuration and control of the pachinko gaming machine 1 (also the configuration and control of a general pachinko gaming machine) will be described.

(Structure of pachinko gaming machine 1, etc.)
FIG. 1 is a front view of a pachinko gaming machine 1, showing an arrangement layout of main members. The pachinko gaming machine (gaming machine) 1 is roughly divided into a gaming board (gauge board) 2 that constitutes a gaming board surface, and a gaming machine frame (underframe) 3 that supports and fixes the gaming board 2. A game area is formed on the game board 2, and a game ball serving as a game medium is shot into the game area by being shot from a predetermined hitting ball launching device.

At a predetermined position of the game board 2 (on the right side of the game area in the example shown in FIG. 1), a variable display (also called a special drawing game) of special symbols (also called a special drawing) as a plurality of types of special identification information. There is provided a first special symbol display device 4A and a second special symbol display device 4B. Each of these consists of a 7-segment LED or the like. The special symbol is represented by a number indicating "0" to "9" or a lighting pattern such as "-". The special pattern may include a pattern in which all the LEDs are turned off.

The “variable display” of the special symbol is, for example, variably displaying a plurality of types of special symbols (the same applies to other symbols described later). The change includes update display of a plurality of symbols, scroll display of a plurality of symbols, deformation of one or more symbols, enlargement/reduction of one or more symbols, and the like. In the variation of the special symbol or a normal symbol described later, a plurality of types of special symbols or normal symbols are updated and displayed. In the variation of the decorative pattern, which will be described later, a plurality of types of decorative patterns are scroll-displayed or updated and one or more decorative patterns are deformed or enlarged/reduced. In addition, the variation includes a mode in which a certain symbol is displayed in a blinking manner. At the end of the variable display, a predetermined special symbol is stopped (also referred to as derived or derived display) as a display result (the same applies to variable display of other symbols described later). The variable display may be referred to as a variable display or a variation.

The special symbols that are variably displayed on the first special symbol display device 4A are also called "first special symbols", and the special symbols that are variably displayed on the second special symbol display device 4B are also called "second special symbols". Further, a special figure game using the first special figure is called a "first special figure game", and a special figure game using the second special figure is also called a "second special figure game". The special symbol display device that performs variable display of the special symbol may be one type.

An image display device 5 is provided near the center of the game area on the game board 2. The image display device 5 includes, for example, an LCD (liquid crystal display device), an organic EL (Electro Luminescence), and the like, and displays various effect images. The image display device 5 may include a projector and a screen. Various effect images are displayed on the image display device 5.

For example, on the screen of the image display device 5, in synchronization with the first special drawing game and the second special drawing game, a decorative pattern as a plurality of types of decorative identification information different from the special pattern (a pattern showing numbers etc.) Variable display is performed. Here, in synchronization with the first special drawing game or the second special drawing game, the decorative pattern is variably displayed (for example, up and down) in each of the "left", "middle", and "right" decorative pattern display areas 5L, 5C, and 5R. Direction scroll display and update display). The special figure game and the variable display of the decorative design which are executed in synchronization are collectively referred to as simply variable display.

A display area may be provided on the screen of the image display device 5 for displaying a pending display corresponding to a variable display whose execution is suspended and an active display corresponding to a variable display being executed. The hold display and the active display are collectively referred to as a variable display corresponding display corresponding to the variable display.

The number of variable displays that are suspended is also referred to as the suspended storage number. The number of reserved memories corresponding to the first special figure game is also called a first reserved memory number, and the number of reserved memories corresponding to the second special figure game is also called a second reserved memory number. Further, the total of the first reserved storage number and the second reserved storage number is also referred to as the total reserved storage number.

In addition, at a predetermined position of the game board 2, a first hold indicator 25A and a second hold indicator 25B that are configured to include a plurality of LEDs are provided, and the first hold indicator 25A is the number of LEDs that are turned on. The first reserved memory number is displayed by, and the second reserved indicator 25B displays the second reserved memory number according to the number of lit LEDs.

Below the image display device 5, a winning ball device 6A and a variable winning ball device 6B are provided.

The winning ball device 6A forms a first starting winning port which is always kept in a fixed open state through which a game ball can enter by a predetermined ball receiving member, for example. When a game ball enters the first start winning hole, a predetermined number (for example, 3) of prize balls are paid out and the first special figure game can be started.

The variable winning prize ball device 6B (ordinary electric accessory) forms a second starting winning opening that changes between a closed state and an open state by a solenoid 81 (see FIG. 2). The variable winning ball device 6B includes, for example, an electric tulip type accessory having a pair of movable wing pieces, and when the solenoid 81 is in the off state, the movable wing pieces are in the vertical position, so that the tips of the movable wing pieces are provided. Is close to the prize winning ball device 6A, and the game ball does not enter the second starting prize hole (the second starting prize hole is also closed). On the other hand, when the solenoid 81 is in the ON state, the variable winning ball device 6B is in the open state in which the game ball can enter the second starting winning opening by the tilted position of the movable wing piece (second starting). It is also said that the winning opening is open.) When the game balls enter the second start winning hole, a predetermined number (for example, three) of prize balls can be paid out and the second special figure game can be started. The variable winning ball device 6B is not limited to the device including the electric tulip type accessory as long as it can be changed between the closed state and the open state.

At predetermined positions of the game board 2 (in the example shown in FIG. 1, four places on the lower left and right sides of the game area), there are provided general winning openings 10 which are always kept open by predetermined ball receiving members. In this case, when one of the general winning openings 10 is entered, a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls are paid out as prize balls.

A special variable winning ball device 7 having a special winning opening is provided below the winning ball device 6A and the variable winning ball device 6B. The special variable winning ball device 7 is provided with a special winning opening door that is opened and closed by a solenoid 82 (see FIG. 2), and the special winning opening door is a special winning opening as a specific area that changes between an open state and a closed state. Form.

As an example, in the special variable winning ball device 7, when the solenoid 82 for the special winning opening door (for special electric auditors) is in the off state, the big winning opening door closes the big winning opening and the game ball is large. You will not be able to enter (pass) the winning hole. On the other hand, in the special variable winning ball device 7, when the solenoid 82 for the special winning opening door is in the ON state, the special winning opening door opens the special winning opening, and the game ball easily enters the special winning opening. Become.

When a game ball enters the special winning opening, a predetermined number (eg, 14) of game balls are paid out as a prize ball. When the game balls enter the big winning opening, more prize balls are paid out than when the game balls enter the first starting winning opening, the second starting winning opening, and the general winning opening 10, for example.

The entry of a game ball into each prize hole including the general prize hole 10 is also referred to as a "prize". In particular, the winning of the starting opening (first starting winning opening, second starting winning opening starting opening) is also referred to as a starting winning.

At a predetermined position of the game board 2 (on the left side of the game area in the example shown in FIG. 1), a normal symbol display device 20 is provided. As an example, the normal symbol display 20 is composed of a 7-segment LED or the like, and variably displays the normal symbol as a plurality of types of normal identification information different from the special symbol. Ordinary symbols are represented by numbers indicating "0" to "9" and lighting patterns such as "-". The normal pattern may include a pattern in which all the LEDs are turned off. Such variable display of ordinary symbols is also called a universal symbol game.

On the left side of the image display device 5, a passage gate 41 through which game balls can pass is provided. Based on the fact that the game ball has passed through the passage gate 41, the universal figure game is executed.

Above the normal symbol display device 20, a universal symbol holding display device 25C is provided. The universal figure hold indicator 25C is configured to include, for example, four LEDs, and displays the number of stored universal figure reserves, which is the number of ordinary figure games that are pending to be executed, by the number of LEDs that have been lit.

In addition to the above configuration, the surface of the game board 2 is provided with a windmill that changes the flow direction and speed of the game balls and a large number of obstacle nails. At the lowermost part of the game area, there is provided an outlet for taking in the game balls that have not entered any of the winning openings.

Speakers 8L and 8R for reproducing and outputting a sound effect and the like are provided at upper and left upper positions of the gaming machine frame 3, and a game effect lamp 9 for a game effect is provided in a peripheral portion of the game area. ing. The game effect lamp 9 is configured to include an LED.

At a predetermined position (not shown in FIG. 1) of the game board 2, a movable body 32 that operates according to the effect is provided.

At the lower right position of the gaming machine frame 3, there is provided a hit ball operation handle (operation knob) 30 operated by a player or the like to shoot a game ball toward a game area by a hit ball launching device.

At a predetermined position of the gaming machine frame 3 below the gaming area, a gaming ball paid out as a prize ball or a gaming ball lent out by a predetermined ball lending machine is held (stored) so that it can be supplied to a ball striking device. A ball hitting plate (upper plate) is provided. Below the upper plate, there is provided a hit ball supply plate (lower plate) from which prize balls are paid out when the upper plate is full.

At a predetermined position of the gaming machine frame 3 below the game area, a stick controller 31A that can be held by a player and can be tilted is attached. The stick controller 31A is provided with a trigger button that the player can press. The operation on the stick controller 31A is detected by the controller sensor unit 35A (see FIG. 2).

At a predetermined position of the gaming machine frame 3 below the game area, there is provided a push button 31B which allows the player to perform a predetermined instruction operation by a pressing operation or the like. The operation on the push button 31B is detected by the push sensor 35B (see FIG. 2).

In the pachinko gaming machine 1, the stick controller 31A and the push button 31B are provided as detection means for detecting the operation (operation, etc.) of the player, but detection means other than these may be provided.

(Outline of game progression)
The game ball is launched toward the game area by the player's rotation operation on the hitting ball operation handle 30 of the pachinko gaming machine 1. When the game ball passes through the passage gate 41, the normal figure game by the normal symbol display device 20 is started. When the game ball passes through the passage gate 41 during the previous execution period of the general education game (when the game ball passes through the passage gate 41 but cannot immediately execute the general education game based on the passage) , The universal game based on the passage is suspended until a predetermined upper limit number (for example, 4).

In this ordinary figure game, if a specific ordinary symbol (a symbol for a regular symbol) is stopped and displayed, the display result of the ordinary symbol becomes "per ordinary symbol". On the other hand, as the fixed ordinary symbol, if a normal symbol other than the regular symbol (a symbol deviating from the symbol) is stopped and displayed, the display result of the ordinary symbol becomes “according to the symbol”. When the "universal figure hit" is reached, opening control is performed to open the variable winning ball device 6B for a predetermined period (the second start winning port is opened).

When the game ball enters the first start winning hole formed in the winning ball device 6A, the first special symbol game by the first special symbol display device 4A is started.

When the game ball enters the second start winning hole formed in the variable winning ball device 6B, the second special symbol game by the second special symbol display device 4B is started.

In addition, when the game ball enters into the starting winning opening (winning prize) during the period of execution of the special drawing game, or during the period when it is controlled to the big hitting game state or the small hitting game state to be described later (starting winning occurs, In the case where the special drawing game based on the starting prize cannot be executed immediately), the execution of the special drawing game based on the entry is suspended up to a predetermined upper limit number (for example, 4).

In the special figure game, if a specific special symbol (big hit symbol, for example, "7", the actual symbol differs depending on the jackpot type described later.) is displayed as a stop special symbol, it becomes a "big hit" symbol and a big hit symbol. When a predetermined special symbol different from (a small hit symbol, for example, "2") is stopped and displayed, it is a "small hit". Further, if a special symbol different from the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol (disappearing symbol, for example, "-") is stopped and displayed, "disappear".

After the display result in the special figure game becomes "big hit", the big hit game state is controlled as an advantageous state advantageous to the player. After the display result in the special figure game is "small hit", the small hit game state is controlled.

In the big hit game state, the player can obtain the prize ball by entering the game ball into the special winning opening. Therefore, the jackpot gaming state is an advantageous state for the player. The larger the number of rounds in the big hit game state, and the longer the open upper limit period, the more advantageous for the player.

The type of big hit is set for "big hit". For example, multiple types of opening modes (number of rounds and maximum open period) of the special winning opening, and game states after the big hit game state (normal state, time saving state, probability variation state, etc., described later) are prepared, and big hits are made accordingly. The type is set. As the big hit type, a big hit type that can obtain many prize balls or a big hit type that has few prize balls or hardly obtain prize balls may be provided.

In the small hit game state, the special winning opening formed by the special variable winning ball device 7 is opened in a predetermined opening manner. For example, in the small hit game state, the same opening mode as in the big hit game state in the case of some big hit types (the number of times of opening the special winning opening is the same as the number of rounds described above, and the closing timing of the special winning opening is also the same. Etc.), the special winning opening is opened. As with the big hit type, a small hit type may be provided for the "small hit".

After the jackpot gaming state is finished, it may be controlled to a time saving state or a probability changing state according to the jackpot type.

In the time-saving state, control (time-saving control) that shortens the average special figure variation time (period during which the special figure varies) compared to the normal state is executed. In the time saving state, by shortening the average figure change time (the period during which figure changes) compared to the normal state, and improving the probability of "per figure" in the figure game from the normal state, The control (high opening control, high base control) that makes it easy for the game ball to enter the second starting winning opening is also executed. The time saving state is a state in which the variation efficiency of the special symbol (particularly the second special symbol) is improved, which is advantageous for the player.

In the probability variation state (probability variation state), in addition to the time saving control, the probability variation control in which the probability that the display result is "big hit" is higher than in the normal state is executed. The probability variation state is a state that is more advantageous to the player because it is a state in which it is likely to be a "big hit" in addition to improving the variation efficiency of the special symbol.

The time saving state and the probability changing state are continued until one of the ending conditions such as that the special figure game has been executed a predetermined number of times and the next big hit game state has been started. The condition that the ending condition is that the special figure game is executed a predetermined number of times is also referred to as the number of times cutting (shortening of times of cutting, probability change of times of cutting etc.).

The normal state is an advantageous state such as a big hit game state that is advantageous to the player, a game state other than a special state such as a time saving state, a probability change state, etc., and the display result in the ordinary figure game is "universal figure win". Probability and probability that the display result in the special figure game is a "big hit", etc., the pachinko gaming machine 1 returns to a predetermined state after the power is turned on, such as when the pachinko gaming machine 1 is in the initial setting state (for example, when the system is reset). It is in the same controlled state as when the process was not executed).

A state in which the probability variation control is executed is also referred to as a high accuracy state, and a state in which the probability variation control is not executed is also referred to as a low accuracy state. A state in which the time saving control is executed is also called a high base state, and a state in which the time saving control is not executed is called a low base state. By combining these, it is said that the time saving state is a low accurate high base state, the definite change state is a high accurate high base state, and the normal state is a low accurate low base state. The highly accurate and low base state is also referred to as the highly accurate low base state.

After the small hit game state is finished, the game state is not changed, and the game state before the special figure game display result is "small hit" is continuously controlled (however, "small hit" occurs If the special figure game at that time is the predetermined number of special figure games in the above-mentioned number of times cutting, the game state is naturally changed). It should be noted that “small hit” may not be provided as the display result of the special figure game.

The gaming state may change based on that the game ball has passed a specific area (for example, a specific area in the special winning opening) during the big hit gaming state. For example, when the game ball passes through a specific area, it may be controlled to be in a certain change state after the big hit game state.

(Progress, etc.)
In the pachinko gaming machine 1, various effects (notification of the progress status of the game and excitement of the game) are executed according to the progress of the game. The effect will be described below. The effect is performed by displaying various effect images on the image display device 5. However, in addition to or in place of the display, audio output from the speakers 8L and 8R and/or the game effect lamp 9 is performed. May be performed by turning on/off the light, the operation of the movable body 32, or the like.

In the decorative pattern display areas 5L, 5C, and 5R of "left", "middle", and "right" provided on the image display device 5, as the effects executed in accordance with the progress of the game, the first special figure game or the first special figure game. In response to the start of the 2 special drawing game, the variable display of the decorative design is started. At the timing when the display result (also referred to as a fixed special symbol) is stopped and displayed in the first special figure game and the second special figure game, the fixed decorative symbol (a combination of three decorative symbols) becomes the display result of the variable display of the decorative symbol. ) Is also stopped (displayed).

In the period from the start to the end of the variable display of the decorative pattern, the variable display mode of the decorative pattern may be a predetermined reach mode (reach is established). Here, the reach mode is a variable display for a decorative pattern which is not stopped and displayed when the decorative pattern stopped and displayed on the screen of the image display device 5 constitutes a part of a big hit combination described later. Is an aspect in which is continuing.

Further, the reach effect is executed in response to the above-mentioned reach mode during the variable display of the decorative pattern. In the pachinko gaming machine 1, the ratio of the display result (the display result of the special drawing game or the display result of the variable display of the decorative pattern) being a “big hit” (also called big hit reliability or big hit expectation degree) according to the effect mode. Different types of reach production are executed. Reach production includes, for example, normal reach and super reach, which has higher jackpot reliability than normal reach.

When the display result of the special figure game is "big hit", a fixed decorative pattern which is a predetermined big hit combination is derived as the display result of the variable display of the decorative pattern on the screen of the image display device 5 (decoration) The display result of the variable display of the design is "big hit"). As an example, the same decorative pattern (for example, "7") is stopped and displayed together on a predetermined effective line in the "left", "middle", and "right" decorative pattern display areas 5L, 5C, and 5R. ..

In the case of "probability variation jackpot" that is controlled to the probability variation state after the jackpot gaming state is finished, odd decorative patterns (for example, "7" and the like) are also stopped and displayed, and after the jackpot gaming state is transformed to the probability variation state. In the case of "non-probability variation big hit (normal big hit)" which is not controlled, an even number of decorative symbols (for example, "6" etc.) may be stopped and displayed together. In this case, the odd-numbered decorative pattern is also referred to as a probability variation pattern, and the even-numbered decorative pattern is also referred to as a non-determination variation pattern (normal pattern). After reaching the reach mode with the non-probabilistic variation pattern, the promotion effect that finally becomes the “probability variation jackpot” may be executed.

When the display result of the special drawing game is "small hit", the fixed decorative pattern (for example, "" which is a predetermined small hit combination is displayed as the display result of the variable display of the decorative design on the screen of the image display device 5. 1 3 5”) is derived (the display result of the variable display of the decorative pattern is “small hit”). As an example, the decorative patterns forming the chances are stopped and displayed on the predetermined effective lines in the “left”, “middle”, and “right” decorative pattern display areas 5L, 5C, and 5R. In addition, when the display result of the special figure game is "big hit" of a part of big hit type (big hit type of big hit game state similar to small hit game state) and when "small hit" , A common fixed decorative pattern may be derived and displayed.

When the display result of the special figure game is “out”, the variable display mode of the decorative design does not become the reach mode, but the fixed decorative pattern of the non-reach combination ((“ (Also referred to as "non-reach out") may be stopped and displayed (the display result of the variable display of the decorative pattern is "non-reach out"). In addition, when the display result is “out”, after the variable display mode of the decorative pattern becomes the reach mode, as a display result of the variable display of the decorative pattern, a predetermined reach combination other than the jackpot combination (“reach out” is displayed). (Also referred to as “”) may be stopped and displayed (the display result of the variable display of the decorative pattern is “out of reach”).

The effects that can be executed by the pachinko gaming machine 1 include displaying the variable display corresponding display (hold display or active display). Further, as another effect, for example, a notice effect that gives a notice of the jackpot reliability is executed during the variable display of the decorative pattern. The notice production includes a notice production that announces the jackpot reliability in the variable display being executed and a look-ahead notice production that announces the jackpot reliability in the variable display before execution (variable display in which execution is suspended). As the prefetching notice effect, an effect of changing the display mode of the variable display corresponding display (hold display or active display) to a mode different from the normal mode may be executed.

Further, in the image display device 5, the variable display is temporarily stopped during the variable display of the decorative pattern, and then the variable display is restarted, so that one variable display can be simulated like multiple variable display. You may make it perform a pseudo continuous production.

Even during the big hit game state, a big hit mid-game production for notifying the big hit game state is executed. As the big hit medium effect, an effect for notifying the number of rounds or a promotion effect indicating that the value of the big hit game state is improved may be executed. In addition, during the small hitting game state, the small hitting medium production which notifies the small hitting game state is executed. In addition, during the small hitting game state, in some big hitting type (the big hitting type of the big hitting game state of the form similar to the small hitting game state, for example, the big hitting type which makes the following game state high accuracy state) big hitting game By executing a common effect depending on the state, the player may not be able to know whether the present is in the small hitting game state or the big hitting game state. In such a case, by performing a common effect after the end of the small hit game state and after the end of the big hit game state, it is possible to distinguish between the high-accuracy state and the low-precision state. May be.

Further, for example, when the special drawing game or the like is not executed, a demo (demonstration) image is displayed on the image display device 5 (a customer waiting demonstration effect is executed).

(Substrate configuration)
The pachinko gaming machine 1 is equipped with, for example, a main board 11, a performance control board 12, a sound control board 13, a lamp control board 14, a relay board 15, etc. as shown in FIG. In addition, various boards such as a payout control board, an information terminal board, a launch control board, and a power supply board are arranged on the back surface of the pachinko gaming machine 1.

The main board 11 is a control board on the main side, and progresses in the above-mentioned game in the pachinko gaming machine 1 (execution of special figure game (including hold management), execution of general figure game (including hold management), big hit It has a function of controlling the gaming state, the small hitting gaming state, the gaming state, etc. The main board 11 has a game control microcomputer 100, a switch circuit 110, a solenoid circuit 111, and the like.

The game control microcomputer 100 mounted on the main board 11 is, for example, a one-chip microcomputer, and includes a ROM (Read Only Memory) 101, a RAM (Random Access Memory) 102, and a CPU (Central Processing Unit) 103. , A random number circuit 104 and an I/O (Input/Output port) 105.

The CPU 103 executes a program stored in the ROM 101 to perform processing for controlling the progress of the game (processing for realizing the function of the main board 11). At this time, various data stored in the ROM 101 (variation patterns described below, effect control commands described below, data such as various tables referred to when making various determinations described below) are used, and the RAM 102 is used as a main memory. .. The RAM 102 is a backup RAM in which the stored contents are saved for a predetermined period even if the power supply to the pachinko gaming machine 1 is partially or entirely stopped. Alternatively, all or part of the program stored in the ROM 101 may be expanded in the RAM 102 and executed on the RAM 102.

The random number circuit 104 counts updatable numerical value data indicating various random number values (game random numbers) used when controlling the progress of the game. The game random number may be updated by the CPU 103 executing a predetermined computer program (updated by software).

The I/O 105 is, for example, an input port to which various signals (detection signals described later) are input, and various signals (first special symbol display device 4A, second special symbol display device 4B, ordinary symbol display device 20, first hold) An output port for transmitting a signal for controlling (driving) the display 25A, the second hold indicator 25B, the universal figure hold indicator 25C, and the like, and an output port for transmitting the signal.

The switch circuit 110 is a detection signal (a game ball passes or a game ball passes) from various switches for detecting a game ball (gate switch 21, starting opening switch (first starting opening switch 22A and second starting opening switch 22B), count switch 23). A detection signal indicating that the switch has been turned on when the vehicle has entered is taken in and transmitted to the game control microcomputer 100. By the transmission of the detection signal, passing or entry of the game ball is detected.

The solenoid circuit 111 sends a solenoid drive signal (for example, a signal for turning on the solenoid 81 or the solenoid 82) from the game control microcomputer 100 to the solenoid 81 for the ordinary electric accessory or the solenoid 82 for the special winning opening door. To transmit.

The main board 11 (game control microcomputer 100), as a part of the control of the progress of the game, production control board (command for designating (notifying) the progress status of the game etc.) according to the progress of the game. Supply to 12. The effect control command output from the main board 11 is relayed by the relay board 15 and supplied to the effect control board 12. The effect control command includes, for example, various determination results on the main board 11 (for example, a display result of the special figure game (including a big hit type), a variation pattern used when executing the special figure game (details will be described later). )), a game status (for example, start and end of variable display, status of opening of big winning opening, winning of prize, number of reserved memories, game status), command for designating error, and the like.

The effect control board 12 is a sub-side control board that is independent of the main board 11, receives an effect control command, and effects based on the received effect control command (various effects according to the progress of the game, It has a function of executing various notifications such as driving of the movable body 32, error notification, and notification of power failure recovery.

On the effect control board 12, an effect control CPU 120, a ROM 121, a RAM 122, a display control unit 123, a random number circuit 124, and an I/O 125 are mounted.

The effect control CPU 120 executes a program stored in the ROM 121 to execute a process together with the display control unit 123 (a process for realizing the above-described function of the effect control board 12 and an effect to be executed). (Including decisions, etc.). At this time, various data (data such as various tables) stored in the ROM 121 is used, and the RAM 122 is used as a main memory.

The production control CPU 120 displays the execution of production based on the detection signal from the controller sensor unit 35A or the push sensor 35B (a signal that is output when an operation by the player is detected, and a signal that appropriately indicates the operation content). The control unit 123 may be instructed.

The display control unit 123 includes a VDP (Video Display Processor), a CGROM (Character Generator ROM), a VRAM (Video RAM), and the like, and executes an effect based on an effect execution instruction from the effect control CPU 120.

The display control unit 123 causes the image display device 5 to display the effect image by supplying the image display device 5 with a video signal corresponding to the effect to be executed based on the effect execution instruction from the effect control CPU 120. The display control unit 123 further supplies a sound designating signal (a signal designating a sound to be output) to the sound control board 13 in order to output the sound in synchronization with the display of the effect image and turn on/off the game effect lamp 9. Alternatively, a lamp signal (a signal that specifies the lighting/extinguishing state of the lamp) is supplied to the lamp control board 14. In addition, the display control unit 123 supplies a signal for operating the movable body 32 to the movable body 32 or a drive circuit that drives the movable body 32.

The voice control board 13 is equipped with various circuits for driving the speakers 8L, 8R, drives the speakers 8L, 8R based on the sound designating signal, and outputs the sound designated by the sound designating signal from the speakers 8L, 8R. Let

The lamp control board 14 is equipped with various circuits for driving the game effect lamp 9, drives the game effect lamp 9 based on the lamp signal, and turns on/off the game effect lamp 9 in a mode designated by the lamp signal. To do. In this way, the display control unit 123 controls the sound output and the lighting/extinguishing of the lamp.

It should be noted that the production control CPU 120 executes audio output, control for turning on/off the lamp (supply of a sound designation signal, a lamp signal, etc.), and control of the movable body 32 (supply of a signal for operating the movable body 32). You may do it.

The random number circuit 124 updatable counts numerical data indicating various random number values (random numbers for effect) used to execute various effects. The effect random number may be updated by the effect control CPU 120 executing a predetermined computer program (updated by software).

The I/O 125 mounted on the production control board 12 transmits, for example, an input port for receiving the production control command transmitted from the main board 11 and various signals (video signal, sound designation signal, lamp signal). And an output port of.

Substrates other than the main substrate 11, such as the effect control substrate 12, the sound control substrate 13, and the lamp control substrate 14, are also referred to as sub substrates. A plurality of sub-boards may be provided for each function like the pachinko gaming machine 1, or one sub-board may be configured to have a plurality of functions.

(motion)
Next, the operation (action) of the pachinko gaming machine 1 will be described.

(Main operation of main board 11)
First, the main operation of the main board 11 will be described. When the power supply to the pachinko gaming machine 1 is started, the game control microcomputer 100 is activated, and the CPU 103 executes the game control main processing. FIG. 3 is a flowchart showing game control main processing executed by the CPU 103 on the main board 11.

In the game control main processing shown in FIG. 3, the CPU 103 first sets an interrupt prohibition (step S1). Then, necessary initial setting is performed (step S2). The initial setting includes setting of a stack pointer, register setting of a built-in device (CTC (counter/timer circuit), parallel input/output port, etc.), setting for making the RAM 102 accessible.

Next, it is determined whether the output signal from the clear switch is on (step S3). The clear switch is mounted on, for example, a power supply board. When the power is turned on with the clear switch turned on, an output signal (clear signal) is input to the game control microcomputer 100 via the input port. When the output signal from the clear switch is ON (step S3; Yes), the initialization process (step S8) is executed. In the initialization process, the CPU 103 performs a RAM clear process for clearing flags, counters, and buffers stored in the RAM 102, and sets an initial value in the work area.

Further, the CPU 103 transmits an effect control command instructing initialization to the effect control board 12 (step S9). When the effect control command is received, the effect control CPU 120 displays a screen for notifying that the control of the game machine has been initialized in the image display device 5, for example.

When the output signal from the clear switch is not on (step S3; No), it is determined whether backup data is stored in the RAM 102 (backup RAM) (step S4). When the power supply to the pachinko gaming machine 1 is stopped due to an unexpected power failure or the like (power interruption), the CPU 103 executes the power supply stop processing immediately before the power supply is stopped due to the stop of the power supply. In this power supply stop process, a process of turning on a backup flag indicating that data is backed up in the RAM 102, a data protection process of the RAM 102, and the like are executed. The data protection processing includes processing for adding an error detection code (checksum, parity bit, etc.) and backing up various data. The data to be backed up includes various data (including various flags, states of various timers, etc.) for advancing the game, the state of the backup flag and an error detection code. In step S4, it is determined whether the backup flag is on. When the backup flag is off and the backup data is not stored in the RAM 102 (step S4; No), the initialization process (step S8) is executed.

When the backup data is stored in the RAM 102 (step S4; Yes), the CPU 103 checks the data of the backed up data (performed using the error detection code) and determines whether the data is normal (step S4). S5). In step S5, it is determined whether or not the data in the RAM 102 matches the data when the power supply is stopped, for example, based on the parity bit and the checksum. If it is determined that they match, the data in the RAM 102 is determined to be normal.

If it is determined that the data in the RAM 102 is not normal (step S5; No), the internal state cannot be returned to the state when the power supply was stopped, so the initialization process (step S8) is executed.

When it is determined that the data in the RAM 102 is normal (step S5; Yes), the CPU 103 performs a recovery process (step S6) for returning the internal state of the main board 11 to the state when the power supply was stopped. In the restoration process, the CPU 103 sets the work area based on the stored contents of the RAM 102 (contents of backed up data). As a result, the game state is restored when the power supply is stopped, and if the special symbol is changing, the variation of the special symbol is restarted from the state before the restoration by executing the game control timer interrupt process described later. Will be.

And CPU103 transmits the production control command which directs recovery from power failure to production control board 12 (Step S7). In accordance with this, a production control command for designating a backed-up game state before power interruption, and a production control for designating the display result of the special figure game being executed when the special figure game is being executed. You may make it transmit a command. For these commands, the same commands as the commands set for transmission in the special symbol process processing described later can be used. When the production control CPU 120 receives the production control command that specifies the time of restoration from power failure, for example, the image display device 5 notifies that recovery from power failure has been performed or is being restored from power failure. The screen is displayed to The effect control CPU 120 may display an appropriate screen based on the effect control command.

After finishing the restoration process or the initialization process and transmitting the production control command to the production control board 12, the CPU 103 executes a random number circuit setting process for initializing the random number circuit 104 (step S10). Then, the CTC register built in the game control microcomputer 100 is set so that a timer interrupt is taken at regular intervals (eg, 2 ms) (step S11), and interrupts are permitted (step S12). ). Then, the loop processing is started. After that, an interrupt request signal is sent from the CTC to the CPU 103 every predetermined time (for example, 2 ms), and the CPU 103 can periodically execute timer interrupt processing.

When the CPU 103 that has executed the game control main process receives the interrupt request signal from the CTC and accepts the interrupt request, it executes the game control timer interrupt process shown in the flowchart of FIG. When the game control timer interrupt process shown in FIG. 4 is started, the CPU 103 first executes a predetermined switch process to cause the gate switch 21, the first start port switch 22A, and the second start port via the switch circuit 110. It is determined whether or not a detection signal is received from various switches such as the switch 22B and the count switch 23 (step S21). Then, by executing a predetermined main side error processing, an abnormality diagnosis of the pachinko gaming machine 1 is performed, and a warning can be issued if necessary according to the diagnosis result (step S22). After that, by executing a predetermined information output process, for example, jackpot information (information indicating the number of occurrences of jackpots) supplied to a computer for hall management installed outside the pachinko gaming machine 1, start information (starting). Data such as the number of times of winning) and probability variation information (information indicating the number of times of probability change) are output (step S23).

Following the information output process, a game random number updating process for updating at least a part of the game random numbers used on the main board 11 side by software is executed (step S24). After this, the CPU 103 executes special symbol process processing (step S25). The CPU 103 executes the special symbol process processing for each timer interrupt, thereby realizing the execution and suspension of the special symbol game, the control of the big hit game state and the small hit game state, the control of the game state, etc. See below).

Following the special symbol process process, a normal symbol process process is executed (step S26). The CPU 103 executes the normal symbol process processing for each timer interrupt, and based on the detection signal from the gate switch 21 (based on the fact that the game ball has passed through the passage gate 41), management of execution and suspension of the general figure game, This makes it possible to control the opening of the variable winning ball device 6B based on “universal figure hit”. The ordinary figure game is executed by driving the ordinary symbol display device 20, and the ordinary figure hold indicator 25C is turned on to display the number of reserved figure symbols.

After the normal symbol process process is executed, as a part of the game control timer interrupt process, a process when power failure occurs, a process for paying out a prize ball, etc. may be performed. After that, the CPU 103 executes command control processing (step S27). The CPU 103 may set the transmission of the effect control command in each of the above processes. In the command control processing of step S27, processing for transmitting the effect control command set for transmission to the sub-side control board such as the effect control board 12 is performed. After executing the command control process, the interrupt is permitted, and then the game control timer interrupt process is ended.

FIG. 5 is a flowchart showing an example of the process executed in step S25 shown in FIG. 4 as the special symbol process process. In this special symbol process process, the CPU 103 first executes a start winning determination process (step S101).

In the start winning determination process, a process of detecting the occurrence of a start winning, storing the hold information in a predetermined area of the RAM 102, and updating the number of held memories is executed. When the start winning occurs, a random number value for determining the display result (including the big hit type) and the variation pattern is extracted and stored as pending information. Further, a process of pre-reading a display result or a variation pattern may be executed based on the extracted random number value. After storing the hold information and the number of holding memories, the transmission setting for transmitting the effect control command for designating the determination result such as the occurrence of the start winning, the number of holding memories, and the pre-reading determination is performed on the effect control board 12. .. The effect control command at the time of the winning prize thus set to be transmitted is, for example, after the special symbol process process is completed, the command control process of step S27 shown in FIG. Is transmitted to.

After executing the start winning determination process in S101, the CPU 103 selects and executes any of the processes of steps S110 to S120 according to the value of the special figure process flag provided in the RAM 102. In each process of the special symbol process process (steps S110 to S120), a transmission setting for transmitting an effect control command corresponding to each process to the effect control board 12 is performed.

The special symbol normal process of step S110 is executed when the value of the special symbol process flag is "0" (initial value). In this special symbol normal process, it is determined whether or not to start the first special figure game or the second special figure game based on the presence or absence of the hold information. In the special symbol normal process, based on the random number value for determining the display result, whether or not the display result of the special symbol or the decorative pattern is "big hit" or "small hit" and the big hit type when the "big hit" is set Is determined (predetermined) before the display result is derived and displayed. Further, in the special symbol normal process, a fixed special symbol (either a big hit symbol, a small hit symbol, or a falling symbol) to be stopped and displayed in the special symbol game is set in correspondence with the determined display result. After that, the value of the special symbol process flag is updated to "1", and the special symbol normal process ends. The special figure game using the second special figure may be executed with priority over the special figure game using the first special figure (also called special figure 2 priority digestion). In addition, the winning order of the game balls to the first starting winning opening and the second starting winning opening may be stored, and the conditions for starting the special drawing game may be established in the winning order (also referred to as winning order winning).

When making various determinations based on the random number value, various tables stored in the ROM 101 (tables in which the determination value to be compared with the random number value is assigned to the determination result) are referred to. The same applies to other decisions on the main board 11 and various decisions on the effect control board 12. In the effect control board 12, various tables are stored in the ROM 121.

The fluctuation pattern setting process of step S111 is executed when the value of the special figure process flag is "1". This fluctuation pattern setting process uses a random value for fluctuation pattern determination to select one of a plurality of fluctuation patterns, based on the result of pre-determination of whether or not the display result is "big hit" or "small hit". It includes the processing to determine. In the fluctuation pattern setting process, when the fluctuation pattern is determined, the value of the special figure process flag is updated to "2", and the fluctuation pattern setting process ends.

The variation pattern is the execution time of the special figure game (special figure change time) (also the execution time of variable display of the decorative pattern), the mode of variable display of the decorative pattern (whether or not reach etc.), the variable display of the decorative pattern. Is specified, and is also referred to as a variable display pattern.

The special symbol variation process of step S112 is executed when the value of the special symbol process flag is "2". In this special symbol variation process, a process for setting for varying the special symbol in the first special symbol display device 4A and the second special symbol display device 4B, and the elapsed time from when the special symbol starts varying. It includes the process of measuring. Further, it is also determined whether or not the measured elapsed time has reached the special figure fluctuation time corresponding to the fluctuation pattern. Then, when the elapsed time from the start of the variation of the special symbol reaches the special symbol variation time, the value of the special symbol process flag is updated to "3", and the special symbol variation process ends.

The special symbol stop process of step S113 is executed when the value of the special symbol process flag is "3". In this special symbol stop processing, the variation of the special symbol is stopped in the first special symbol display device 4A and the second special symbol display device 4B, and the fixed special symbol that is the display result of the special symbol is stopped and displayed (derived). It includes the process to set up for. When the display result is "big hit", the value of the special figure process flag is updated to "4". On the other hand, when the big hit flag is off and the display result is "small hit", the value of the special figure process flag is updated to "8". Further, when the display result is “out”, the value of the special figure process flag is updated to “0”. When the display result is "small hit" or "off", the game state is updated when the time cut state or the probable variation state is controlled and the cut-out is completed. When the value of the special figure process flag is updated, the special symbol stop processing ends.

The big hit opening preprocessing in step S114 is executed when the value of the special figure process flag is "4". This big hit opening preprocessing includes processing for starting the execution of the round in the big hit game state and setting the big winning opening in the open state based on that the display result is "big hit" Has been. When the special winning opening is opened, a process of supplying a solenoid drive signal to the solenoid 82 for the special winning opening door is executed. At this time, for example, an open upper limit period for opening the special winning opening and an upper limit number of times of execution of the round are set according to which the big hit type is. When these settings are completed, the value of the special figure process flag is updated to "5", and the jackpot opening preprocessing is completed.

The big hit opening process in step S115 is executed when the value of the special figure process flag is "5". In this big hit opening process, the process of measuring the elapsed time after the big winning opening is opened, and the big winning opening based on the measured elapsed time, the number of game balls detected by the count switch 23, etc. It includes processing for determining whether or not it is time to return the open state from the open state to the closed state. Then, when returning the special winning opening to the closed state, after performing a process of stopping the supply of the solenoid drive signal to the solenoid 82 for the special winning opening door, the value of the special figure process flag is updated to "6", The big hit opening process is ended.

The post-big hit opening process of step S116 is executed when the value of the special figure process flag is "6". This big jackpot post-processing, processing to determine whether the number of executions of the round to open the special winning opening has reached the set upper limit number of executions, when the maximum number of executions has been reached, the jackpot gaming state It includes the process of setting to terminate. When the round execution count has not reached the upper limit execution count, the value of the special figure process flag is updated to "5", while when the round execution count reaches the upper limit execution number, the special figure process flag The value is updated to "7". When the value of the special figure process flag is updated, the jackpot release post-processing ends.

The big hit ending process of step S117 is executed when the value of the special figure process flag is "7". This big hit end processing, waiting processing until the waiting time corresponding to the period during which the ending effect as the effect operation for notifying the end of the big hit game state is executed, and the probability change corresponding to the end of the big hit game state It includes processing for performing various settings for starting control and time saving control. When such a setting is made, the value of the special figure process flag is updated to "0", and the big hit ending process ends.

The small hit opening pre-processing of step S118 is executed when the value of the special figure process flag is "8". The small hit opening pre-processing includes processing for setting the big winning opening to be open in the small hit game state based on the display result of "small hit". At this time, the value of the special figure process flag is updated to "9", and the small hit opening pretreatment is ended.

The small hitting open process in step S119 is executed when the value of the special figure process flag is "9". This small hit opening process is the process of measuring the elapsed time after opening the big winning opening and the timing to return the big winning opening from the open state to the closed state based on the measured elapsed time etc. A process for determining whether or not it is included. When the timing for ending the small hitting game state is reached by returning the special winning opening to the closed state, the value of the special figure process flag is updated to "10", and the processing for opening the small hitting ends.

The small hit ending process of step S120 is executed when the value of the special figure process flag is "10". The small hitting end process includes a process of waiting until a waiting time corresponding to a period in which the effect operation for notifying the end of the small hitting game state is executed. Here, when the small hit game state ends, the game state in the pachinko gaming machine 1 before the small hit game state is continued. When the waiting time at the end of the small hitting game state has elapsed, the value of the special figure process flag is updated to "0", and the small hitting end processing ends.

(Main operation of the production control board 12)
Next, the main operation of the effect control board 12 will be described. In the effect control board 12, when the power supply voltage is supplied from the power supply board or the like, the effect control CPU 120 is activated to execute effect control main processing as shown in the flowchart of FIG. 6. When the effect control main process shown in FIG. 6 is started, the effect control CPU 120 first executes a predetermined initialization process (step S71) to clear the RAM 122 and set various initial values, and to the effect control board 12. Register setting etc. of the mounted CTC (counter/timer circuit). Further, the initial operation control process is executed (step S72). In the initial operation control process, control for performing an initial operation of the movable body 32 such as control for driving the movable body 32 to return to the initial position and control for confirming a predetermined operation are executed.

Then, it is determined whether or not the timer interrupt flag is on (step S73). The timer interrupt flag is set to the ON state each time a predetermined time (for example, 2 milliseconds) elapses based on the CTC register setting, for example. At this time, if the timer interrupt flag is off (step S73; No), the process of step S73 is repeatedly executed and stands by.

On the side of the effect control board 12, an interrupt for receiving the effect control command from the main board 11 is generated in addition to the timer interrupt that is generated each time a predetermined time elapses. This interrupt is, for example, an interrupt generated when the effect control INT signal from the main board 11 is turned on. When an interrupt occurs due to the effect control INT signal being turned on, the effect control CPU 120 automatically sets the interrupt disable, but if a CPU that does not automatically enter the interrupt disable state is used, an interrupt occurs. It is desirable to issue a prohibition instruction (DI instruction). The effect control CPU 120 executes, for example, a predetermined command reception interrupt process in response to the interrupt caused by the effect control INT signal being turned on. In this command reception interrupt process, the effect control command is fetched from a predetermined input port of the input ports included in the I/O 125 that receives the control signal transmitted from the main substrate 11 via the relay substrate 15. The effect control command fetched at this time is stored in, for example, an effect control command receiving buffer provided in the RAM 122. After that, the production control CPU 120 sets the interrupt permission, and then ends the command reception interrupt process.

If the timer interrupt flag is on in step S73 (step S73; Yes), the timer interrupt flag is cleared to the off state (step S74), and the command analysis process is executed (step S75). In the command analysis process, for example, after reading various effect control commands transmitted from the game control microcomputer 100 of the main board 11 and stored in the effect control command receiving buffer, the read effect control commands are read. Corresponding settings and controls are performed. For example, the read effect control command may be stored in a predetermined area of the RAM 122 or the RAM 122 may be stored in the RAM 122 so that the effect control command received, the content specified by the effect control command, and the like can be confirmed by the effect control process processing or the like. The reception flag provided is turned on. Further, when the effect control command specifies the game state, the display control unit 123 may be instructed to display the background according to the game state.

After executing the command analysis process in step S75, the effect control process process is executed (step S76). In the effect control process processing, for example, an effect image display operation in the display area of the image display device 5, a sound output operation from the speakers 8L and 8R, a lighting operation in a decorative light emitter such as the game effect lamp 9 and a decorative LED, and the movable body 32. The control for operating various effect devices, such as the driving operation of, is performed. Further, with respect to the control content of the production operation using various production devices, determination, determination, setting, etc. according to the production control command transmitted from the main board 11 are performed.

Following the effect control process processing of step S76, effect random number updating processing is executed (step S77), and at least a part of the effect random numbers used on the effect control board 12 side is updated by software. Then, the process returns to step S73. Other processing may be executed before returning to the processing in step S73.

FIG. 7 is a flowchart showing an example of the process executed in step S76 of FIG. 6 as the effect control process process. In the effect control process process shown in FIG. 7, the effect control CPU 120 first executes a pre-reading notice setting process (step S161). In the pre-reading notice setting process, for example, determination, determination, and setting for executing the pre-reading notice effect are performed based on the effect control command at the time of the start winning transmitted from the main board 11. Further, a process for displaying the hold display is executed based on the number of hold storages specified from the effect control command.

After executing the process of step S161, the effect control CPU 120 selects and executes any of the following processes of steps S170 to S177 according to the value of the effect process flag provided in the RAM 122, for example.

The variable display start waiting process of step S170 is a process executed when the value of the effect process flag is "0" (initial value). This variable display start waiting process is a process of determining whether or not to start variable display of a decorative pattern in the image display device 5 based on whether or not a command or the like specifying start of variable display is received from the main board 11. Etc. are included. When it is determined that the variable display of the decorative pattern on the image display device 5 is started, the value of the effect process flag is updated to "1", and the variable display start waiting process is ended.

The variable display start setting process in step S171 is a process executed when the value of the effect process flag is "1". In this variable display start setting process, based on the display result and the variation pattern specified by the effect control command, the display result of the variable display of the decorative pattern (the fixed decorative pattern), the variable display mode of the decorative pattern, the reach effect and various types The presence/absence of execution of various effects such as a notice effect, its mode, and execution start timing are determined. Then, the effect control pattern (collection of control data for instructing the display control unit 123 to execute the effect) that reflects the determination result and the like is set. Then, based on the set effect control pattern, the display control unit 123 is instructed to start the variable display of the decorative pattern, the value of the effect process flag is updated to "2", and the variable display start setting process is ended. The display control unit 123 causes the image display device 5 to start the variable display of the decorative pattern in response to the instruction to start the variable display of the decorative pattern.

The variable display effect process in step S172 is a process executed when the value of the effect process flag is "2". In this variable display effect processing, the effect control CPU 120 instructs the display control unit 123 to display an effect image based on the effect control pattern set in step S171 on the display screen of the image display device 5. Or driving the movable body 32, outputting voice or sound effect from the speakers 8L and 8R by outputting a command (sound effect signal) to the sound control board 13, and sending a command (illumination signal) to the lamp control board 14. Various effect control is performed during variable display of the decorative pattern, such as turning on/off/blinking the game effect lamp 9 and the decorative LED by output. After performing such effect control, for example, an end code indicating the variable display end of the decorative pattern is read from the effect control pattern, or a command for designating stop display of the fixed decorative pattern is received from the main board 11. Corresponding to what has been done, the fixed decorative design which is the display result of the decorative design is stopped and displayed. When the fixed decorative pattern is stopped and displayed, the value of the effect process flag is updated to "3", and the variable display effect effect processing ends.

The special figure winning waiting process of step S173 is a process executed when the value of the effect process flag is "3". In the special figure winning waiting process, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not the effect control command for designating the start of the big hit game state or the small hit game state has been received from the main board 11. When a production control command for designating the start of the big hit game state or the small hit game state is received, if the command designates the start of the big hit game state, the value of the production process flag is set to "6. Update to ". On the other hand, if the command specifies the start of the small hitting game state, the value of the effect process flag is updated to "4" which is a value corresponding to the effect processing during the small hitting. Further, when the waiting time for receiving the command is not received without receiving the command designating to start the big hit game state or the small hit game state, it is determined that the display result in the special figure game is “out”. Then, the value of the effect process flag is updated to "0" which is the initial value. When the value of the effect process flag is updated, the special figure hit waiting process ends.

The effect processing during small hit in step S174 is processing executed when the value of the effect control process flag is "4". In the effect processing during the small hit, the effect control CPU 120 sets, for example, an effect control pattern or the like corresponding to the effect contents in the small hit game state, and executes various effect controls in the small hit game state based on the set contents. .. Further, in the small hitting production process, the value of the production process flag is set to a value corresponding to the small winning finish production in response to receiving a command designating to end the small winning game state from the main board 11, for example. It is updated to a certain "5", and the effect processing during the small hit is ended.

The small hit completion production process of step S175 is a process executed when the value of the production control process flag is "5". In the small hitting end effect processing, the effect control CPU 120 sets, for example, an effect control pattern or the like corresponding to the end of the small hit game state, and various effect controls at the end of the small hit game state based on the setting contents. To execute. After that, the value of the effect process flag is updated to "0" which is the initial value, and the small hit end effect processing is ended.

The big hit midfield effect process of step S176 is a process executed when the value of the effect process flag is "6". In this big hit mid-game production process, the CPU 120 for production control sets, for example, a production control pattern or the like corresponding to the contents of the production in the big hit game state, and executes various production controls in the big hit game state based on the set contents. Further, in the big hit midfield effect process, the value of the effect control process flag is a value corresponding to the ending effect process, for example, in response to receiving a command designating to end the big hit game state from the main board 11. It updates to "7" and finishes the big hit midfield effect process.

The ending effect process of step S177 is a process executed when the value of the effect process flag is "7". In this ending effect process, the effect control CPU 120 sets an effect control pattern or the like corresponding to, for example, the end of the big hit game state, and performs various effect controls of the ending effect at the end of the big hit game state based on the setting contents. Execute. After that, the value of the effect process flag is updated to the initial value "0", and the ending effect process is ended.

(Variation of basic explanation)
The present invention is not limited to the pachinko gaming machine 1 described in the above basic description, and various modifications and applications are possible without departing from the spirit of the present invention.

The pachinko gaming machine 1 of the above basic description was a pay-out type gaming machine that pays out a predetermined number of game media as a prize based on the occurrence of a prize, but encloses the game medium and gives points based on the occurrence of a prize. It may be an enclosed game machine.

What is displayed in the variable display of the special symbol is only one type of symbol (for example, a symbol indicating "-"), and variable display may be performed by repeating display and extinction of the symbol. Further, even when the symbol is displayed during the variable display, the symbol does not have to be displayed when the variable display is stopped (the symbol indicating "-" may not be displayed as the display result).

In the above basic explanation, the pachinko gaming machine 1 is shown as the gaming machine, but a predetermined number of bets is set by inserting medals, and a plurality of types of symbols are rotated according to the operation of the operation lever by the player, A slot machine capable of executing a game in which a predetermined number of medals are paid out to a player (for example, a big bonus when the stop symbol combination is a specific symbol combination when the symbols are stopped according to the operation of the stop button by The present invention can also be applied to a slot machine in which one or more of regular bonus, RT, AT, ART, and CZ (hereinafter, bonus etc.) are mounted.

The program and data for realizing the present invention are not limited to the form in which they are distributed and provided to a computer device included in the pachinko gaming machine 1 by a removable recording medium, and the computer device or the like in advance. It may be distributed by being installed in the storage device included in. Furthermore, the program and data for implementing the present invention may be distributed by being downloaded from another device on a network connected via a communication line or the like by providing a communication processing unit. It doesn't matter.

The game execution mode is not limited to that executed by mounting a removable recording medium, but can also be executed by temporarily storing the program and data downloaded via a communication line in the internal memory or the like. Alternatively, the hardware resources of other devices may be directly used on the network connected via a communication line or the like. Furthermore, the game may be executed by exchanging data with another computer device or the like via a network.

In the present specification, one of the expressions for comparing various ratios such as the execution ratio of the effect (expressions such as “high”, “low”, “different”) is “0%”. May be included. For example, it also includes the case where one is "0%" and the other is "100%" or less than "100%".

(Explanation regarding the characteristic portion 103SG of the present embodiment)
Next, the characteristic part 103SG of the present embodiment will be described. In the description of each step of the flowchart in the present embodiment, for example, a portion described as “step S1” is abbreviated as “S1” or “103SGS1”, “normal reach” is abbreviated as “N reach”, "Super reach" may be abbreviated as "S reach" or "SP reach". Further, the same reference numerals will be given to configurations having the same functions as those of the pachinko gaming machine 1 described in the basic description but different in form, arrangement position and the like, and detailed description thereof will be omitted. In the following, the front side of FIG. 1 is the front (front, front) side of the pachinko gaming machine 1, the back side is the rear (rear) side, and the vertical and horizontal directions when the pachinko gaming machine 1 is viewed from the front side. It will be described as a reference. The front surface of the pachinko gaming machine 1 in the present embodiment is a facing surface that faces a player who plays a game on the pachinko gaming machine 1.

Next, a gaming machine according to Example 1 in the characteristic portion 103SG of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 8-1 to 8-19.

First, FIG. 8-1 is a front view of the pachinko gaming machine 1 in the characteristic portion 103SG of the present embodiment, and shows an arrangement layout of main members. As shown in FIGS. 8-1 and 8-3, the pachinko gaming machine (gaming machine) 1 is roughly classified into an outer frame 103SG001a formed in a vertically long rectangular frame shape, and a gaming board (gauge that constitutes a gaming board surface. Board 2 and a gaming machine frame (base frame) 103SG003 for supporting and fixing the gaming board 2. A game area is formed on the game board 2, and a game ball as a game medium is launched into the game area from a predetermined hitting ball launching device. In addition, in the gaming machine frame 103SG003, a glass door frame 103SG003a having a glass window is provided between a door opening position that opens the front surface of the gaming machine frame 103SG003 and a door closing position that closes the front surface of the gaming machine frame 103SG003. The glass door frame 103SG003a is rotatably provided so that the game area can be opened and closed. When the glass door frame 103SG003a is closed, the game area can be seen through the glass window.

In addition, the gaming machine frame 103SG003 can be opened by inserting a door key owned by a store clerk or the like in the game arcade into a lock (not shown) and unlocking it. The door frame 103SG003a cannot be opened.

The left game area 103SG002L is a game area in which a relatively weakly launched (left hitting) game ball flows down by the operation of the hit ball operation handle 30, and the right game area 103SG002R is a left game area 103SG002L by operation of the hit ball operation handle 30. The game ball that is stronger (right-handed) than the game ball that flows down is a game area that flows down after passing through the upper path 103SG002C of the image display device 5.

Further, the general winning opening 10 is arranged in the left game area 103SG002L, and the right game area 103SG002R extends from the upstream side to the downstream side of the right game area 103SG002R from the passage gate 41, the variable winning ball device 6B, the general A winning opening 10 and a special variable winning ball device 7 are arranged. In other words, the game ball flowing down the left game area 103SG002L can be won in the first winning hole formed by the general winning opening 10 and the winning ball device 6A, and the game ball flowing down the right game area 103SG002R is variable. The second start winning opening formed by the winning ball device 6B, the general winning opening 10 and the large winning opening formed by the special variable winning ball device 7 can be won and the passage gate 41 can be passed.

As shown in FIG. 8-1, a plurality of obstacle nails 103SGK1 are arranged between the winning ball device 6A, the variable winning ball device 6B, and the special variable winning ball device 7. Therefore, the game ball flowing down the left game area 103SG002L cannot win the second starting winning opening or the big winning opening, and the game ball flowing down the right game area 103SG002R cannot enter the first starting winning opening. Is becoming

As shown in FIGS. 8-2 and 8-3, the main board 11 in the characteristic portion 103SG of the present embodiment is housed in the board case 103SG201 configured to be openable by the first member and the second member. The state is mounted on the back of the pachinko gaming machine 1. In addition, on the main board 11, a lock switch 103SG051 for switching the set value of the pachinko gaming machine 1 to a changeable setting value state, and a jackpot winning probability (ball-out rate), etc., which will be described later in the setting value change state. A setting switch 103SG052 that functions as a setting switch for changing a set value and an opening sensor 103SG090 that detects opening of the gaming machine frame 103SG003 are provided. As will be described later in detail, the setting value change state in the characteristic part 103SG of the present embodiment is a state in which a clerk at the game hall can confirm the setting value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 (setting value confirmation state). ) Is also.

The setting switching main body portion provided with an operation unit that can be operated by the player, such as the lock switch 103SG051 and the setting switching switch 103SG052, is housed in the substrate case 103SG201 together with the main substrate 11, and the lock switch 103SG051 and the setting switching switch 103SG052 are included. Is exposed to the back side through an opening formed in the back surface of the substrate case 103SG201 so that it can be operated without opening the substrate case 103SG201.

Since the board case 103SG201 having the lock switch 103SG051 and the setting changeover switch 103SG052 is provided on the back surface of the pachinko gaming machine 1, it is extremely difficult to operate when the gaming machine frame 103SG003 is closed. By using the game machine frame 103SG003 to open, the operation can be performed. Further, the lock switch 103SG051 needs to be operated by a setting key owned by a store clerk or the like in the game arcade, so that only the store clerk who possesses the setting key can operate the lock switch 103SG051. Further, the lock switch 103SG051 is also a switch capable of executing an ON/OFF switching operation described later with a setting key. In the characteristic part 103SG of the present embodiment, the door key and the setting key are separate keys, but one key may be used for both.

A display monitor 103SG029 capable of displaying a set value and a base value described later is arranged on the board case 103SG201. The display monitor 103SG029 is connected to the main board 11 and is arranged above the board case 103SG201. That is, the display monitor 103SG029 is arranged on the front surface of the substrate case 103SG201 when the main substrate 11 is viewed. The main board 11 cannot be visually recognized in the state where the gaming machine frame 103SG003 is not opened. Therefore, the front side when visually recognizing the main board 11 is the back surface side of the gaming board 2 in the state where the gaming machine frame 103SG003 is opened. It is the front when viewed, and is different from the front of the pachinko gaming machine 1. However, the front surface when visually recognizing the main board 11 and the front surface of the pachinko gaming machine 1 may be common.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 8-1 and 8-2, at a predetermined position (for example, a lower left position of the game area) of the game board 2 of the pachinko gaming machine 1 in the characteristic part 103SG of the present embodiment, 1 special symbol display device 103SG004A capable of executing variable display of 1 special map, second special symbol display device 103SG004B capable of executing variable display of second special symbol, first hold display capable of displaying first reserved memory number Device 103SG025A, the second hold display device 103SG025B capable of displaying the second hold storage number, the normal symbol display device 103SG020 capable of executing the variable display of the normal design, the public figure hold display device 103SG025C capable of displaying the general figure hold storage number, In a gaming state in which a round indicator 103SG131 capable of displaying the number of rounds of the jackpot game (jackpot type) during a jackpot game, and a gaming ball such as a high base state (time saving state) or a jackpot gaming state, is launched toward the right gaming area 103SG002R. There is provided a game information display unit 103SG200 in which a right-handed right lamp 103SG132 that lights up, a probability variation lamp 103SG133 that lights up in the probability variation state, and a time saving lamp 103SG134 that lights up in a high base state (time saving state) are collectively arranged.

The first special symbol display device 103SG004A and the second special symbol display device 103SG004B are each composed of 8 segment LEDs. Further, in the case of the first special symbol display device 103SG004A and the second special symbol display device 103SG004B, if the variable display result of the special symbol is a deviation or a small hit, the variable display result can be derived and displayed with a common combination. ing.

In the case where the variable display result in the variable display of the first special symbol is a big hit, the first special symbol display device 103SG004A is a variable display result with two kinds of big hit symbols (combination of lit LEDs) for each big hit type. Derivation display is possible. Further, in the case where the variable display result in the variable display of the second special symbol is a big hit, the second special symbol display device 103SG004B is variably displayed with two kinds of big hit symbols (combination of illuminated LEDs) for each big hit type. Results and derivation display are possible.

In the characteristic part 103SG of the present embodiment, the first special symbol display device 103SG004A is different from the first special symbol display device 103SG004A and the second special symbol display device 103SG004B, although the jackpot symbols that can be derived and displayed are all different. At least a part of the jackpot symbol that can be derived and displayed and the jackpot symbol that can be derived and displayed by the second special symbol display device 103SG004B may be overlapped.

The first hold indicator 103SG025A and the second hold indicator 103SG025B each have four segment LEDs arranged in parallel in the left-right direction. In the first hold indicator 103SG025A and the second hold indicator 103SG025B, if the number of reserved memories is one, only the LED at the left end is turned on, and the second from the left each time the number of reserved memories increases. The third LED from the left and the fourth LED from the left are sequentially turned on. Then, each time the variable display is executed, in response to the reduction (consumption) of the pending storage, the LEDs in the pending display corresponding to the variable display have a predetermined shift direction (characteristic of the present embodiment). In the portion 103SG, the light goes out toward the left).

In the characteristic unit 103SG of the present embodiment, when both the first special figure pending storage and the second special figure pending storage exist, the variable display based on the second special figure pending storage is preferentially executed. It is like this. Therefore, for example, when there is one first special figure reservation memory and two second special figure reservation memories (only the LED at the left end of the first reservation indicator 103SG025A is lit and the second reservation is stored). When the left two LEDs of the display device 103SG25B are lit), the variable display based on the second special figure pending storage causes the second special figure pending storage to become 0, and then the first special figure pending storage. Variable display based on memory is executed.

The round indicator 103SG131 is composed of five segments (LEDs). In addition, as the big hit type in the characteristic part 103SG of the present embodiment, there are provided a total of three big hit types: a big hit which is a 5 round big hit A, a big hit B which is a 10 round big hit, and a big hit C which is a 15 round big hit. However, which of the segments configuring the round indicator 103SG131 is lit differs depending on the jackpot type.

The control signal transmitted from the main board 11 to the effect control board 12 is relayed by the relay board 15. The control command transmitted from the main board 11 to the effect control board 12 via the relay board 15 is, for example, an effect control command transmitted and received as an electric signal. The effect control command includes, for example, a display control command used to control the image display operation in the image display device 5, a voice control command used to control the voice output from the speakers 8L and 8R, and the game effect lamp 9. And LED control commands used for controlling the lighting operation of the decorative LED.

The effect control board 12 in the characteristic part 103SG of the present embodiment includes a first movable body 103SG321 and a second movable body 103SG322 that are operable between their respective origin positions and effect positions during variable display and the like. An origin detection sensor 103SG331 capable of detecting that the first movable body 103SG321 is located at the origin position of the first movable body 103SG321, and a second movable body 103SG322 is located at the origin position of the second movable body 103SG322. The origin detection sensor 103SG332 that can detect this is connected.

FIG. 8-4(A) is an explanatory diagram showing an example of the content of the effect control command used in the characteristic unit 103SG in the present embodiment. The effect control command has, for example, a 2-byte structure, the first byte indicates MODE (command classification), and the second byte indicates EXT (command type). The first bit (bit 7) of MODE data is always "1", and the first bit of EXT data is "0". Note that the command form shown in FIG. 8-4(A) is an example, and other command forms may be used. Further, in this example, the control command is composed of two control signals, but the number of control signals composing the control command may be one, or may be three or more.

In the example shown in FIG. 8-4(A), the command 8001H is a first variable display start command that specifies the start of variable display in the special figure game using the first special figure in the first special symbol display device 103SG004A. .. The command 8002H is a second variable display start command that specifies the start of variable display in the special figure game using the second special figure on the second special symbol display device 103SG004B. The command 81XXH is a decoration that is variably displayed in each of the decoration pattern display areas 5L, 5C, and 5R of "left", "middle", and "right" in the image display device 5 in correspondence with the variable display of the special symbol in the special figure game. This is a variation pattern designation command for designating a variation pattern (variation time) such as a design. Here, XXH indicates an unspecified hexadecimal number, and may be any value that is arbitrarily set according to the instruction content by the effect control command. In the variation pattern designation command, different EXT data is set according to the designated variation pattern.

The command 8CXXH is a variable display result notification command, and is a production control command for designating a variable display result such as a special design or a decorative design. In the variable display result notification command, as shown in, for example, FIG. 8-4(B), the result of determination as to whether the variable display result is “out”, “big hit” or “small hit” (predetermined result) ), or different EXT data is set according to the determination result (the jackpot type determination result) of which of the plurality of types the jackpot type when the variable display result is “big hit”.

In the variable display result notification command, for example, as shown in FIG. 8-4(B), the command 8C00H is the first variable display result designation command indicating the pre-determined result that the variable display result is “out”. The command 8C01H is a second variable display result designation command for notifying the pre-determined result that the variable display result is “big hit” and the big hit type is “big hit A” and the big hit type decided result. The command 8C02H is a third variable display result designation command for notifying the pre-determined result that the variable display result is "big hit" and the big hit type is "big hit B" and the big hit type decided result. The command 8C03H is a fourth variable display result designation command for notifying the pre-determined result that the variable display result is “big hit” and the big hit type is “big hit C” and the big hit type decided result. The command 8C04H is a fifth variable display result designation command for notifying the pre-determined result that the variable display result is “small hit”.

The command 8F00H is a symbol determination command for designating the variable stop (determination) of the decorative symbol in each of the "left", "middle" and "right" decorative symbol display areas 5L, 5C, 5R in the image display device 5. The command 95XXH is a game state designation command that designates the current game state in the pachinko gaming machine 1. In the game state designation command, different EXT data is set, for example, according to the current game state in the pachinko gaming machine 1. As a specific example, the command 9500H is a first game state designation command corresponding to a game state (low base state, normal state) in which time saving control is not performed, and a command 9501H is a game state in which time saving control is performed (high base state). , The second game state designation command corresponding to the (time saving state).

The command 96XXH is an error (abnormality) specification command that specifies the occurrence of an error (abnormality) in the pachinko gaming machine 1 and the type of the error (abnormality) that has occurred. In the error (abnormality) designation command, for example, by setting the EXT data corresponding to each error (abnormality), it is possible to identify which error (abnormality) has occurred on the production control board 12 side. Therefore, the occurrence of the specified error (abnormality) is notified by the error notification processing described later.

The command A0XXH is a hit start designation command (also referred to as "fanfare command") for designating the display of the effect image showing the start of the big hit game state or the small hit game state. The command A1XXH is a special winning opening opening notification command for notifying that the special winning opening is in the open state in the big hit gaming state or the small hit gaming state. The command A2XXH is a notification command after opening the special winning opening to notify that it is a period during which the special winning opening is changed from the open state to the closed state in the big hit game state or the small hit game state. The command A3XXH is a hit end designation command for designating the display of the effect image at the end of the big hit game state or the small hit game state.

In the hit start designation command and the hit end designation command, for example, the same EXT data as that of the variable display result notification command is set, so that different EXT data may be set depending on the pre-determined result or the big hit type determination result. .. Alternatively, in the hit start designation command and the hit end designation command, the correspondence between the pre-determined result and the big hit type determination result and the set EXT data may be different from the correspondence in the variable display result notification command. .. In the special winning opening opening notification command and the big winning opening after notification command, different EXT data is set according to the number of times of round execution (eg, "1" to "15") in the big hit game state or the small hit game state. To be done.

The command B100H is based on the fact that the game ball that has passed (entered) the first starting winning opening formed by the winning ball device 6A is detected by the first starting opening switch 22A and the starting winning (first starting winning) is generated. It is the 1st starting opening winning a prize designation command which notifies that the 1st starting condition for executing the special drawing game which uses the 1st special drawing in 1st special design indicator 103SG004A is satisfied. The command B200H is based on the fact that the game ball that has passed (entered) the second starting winning opening formed by the variable winning ball device 6B is detected by the second starting opening switch 22B and the starting winning (second starting winning) is generated. , Is a second start opening winning a prize designation command for notifying that the second starting condition for executing the special drawing game using the second special drawing on the second special symbol display device 103SG004B is satisfied.

The command C1XXH is a first reserved memory number notification command for notifying the first special figure reserved memory number so that the special figure reserved memory number can be specified on the image display device 5 or the like. The command C2XXH is a second reserved storage number notification command for notifying the second special figure reserved storage number so that the special figure reserved storage number can be specified on the image display device 5 or the like. The first reserved memory number notification command is, for example, when the first starting opening winning award designating command is transmitted based on the fact that the game ball passes (enters) the first starting winning opening and the first starting condition is satisfied. , Is transmitted from the main board 11 to the effect control board 12. The second reserved memory number notification command is, for example, when the second starting opening winning award designation command is transmitted based on that the game ball passes (enters) the second starting winning opening and the second starting condition is satisfied. , Is transmitted from the main board 11 to the effect control board 12. Further, the first reserved storage number notification command and the second reserved storage number notification command cause the special figure game to start when either the first start condition or the second start condition is satisfied (when the reserved storage number decreases). It may be transmitted in response to the start of execution.

Instead of the first pending storage number notification command or the second pending storage number notification command, a total pending storage number notification command for notifying the total pending storage number may be transmitted. That is, a total pending storage number notification command for notifying the increase (or decrease) of the total pending storage number may be used.

Command D0XXH is a setting value designation command for designating the newly set setting value from the main board 11 to the effect control board 12 (effect control CPU 120). The command E101H is a hot start notification command for notifying that the pachinko gaming machine 1 has started up without clearing the contents of the RAM 102 (restoration of power interruption, also called hot start). The command E102H is a cold start notification command for notifying that the pachinko gaming machine 1 has cleared the contents of the RAM 102 and activated (cold start).

The game control microcomputer 100 mounted on the main board 11 is, for example, a one-chip microcomputer, and has a ROM (Read Only Memory) 101 for storing a game control program, fixed data, and the like, and a game control work. A RAM (Random Access Memory) 102 that provides an area, a CPU (Central Processing Unit) 103 that executes a game control program to perform a control operation, and a numerical data that indicates a random number value independently of the CPU 103 A random number circuit 104 for performing, an I/O (Input/Output port) 105, and a real-time clock (RTC) 106 capable of outputting time information are configured.

As an example, in the game control microcomputer 100, the CPU 103 executes a program read from the ROM 101 to execute a process for controlling the progress of the game in the pachinko gaming machine 1. At this time, the CPU 103 reads fixed data from the ROM 101 to read fixed data, the CPU 103 writes variable data to the RAM 102 to temporarily store various data, and the variable data write operation to store various data to the RAM 102. A variable data read operation for reading out, a receiving operation in which the CPU 103 receives various signals from the outside of the game control microcomputer 100 via the I/O 105, and a CPU 103 to the outside of the game control microcomputer 100 via the I/O 105. And a transmission operation for outputting various signals are also performed.

FIG. 8-5 is an explanatory diagram illustrating random number values counted on the main substrate 11 side. As shown in FIG. 8-5, in the characteristic part 103SG of this embodiment, on the main substrate 11 side, in addition to the random number value MR1 for determining the special figure display result, the random number value MR2 for determining the big hit type, and the variation pattern. Numerical data indicating each of the random number value MR3 for determination, the random number value MR4 for determining the universal figure display result, and the random number value MR5 for determining the initial value of MR4 are controlled to be countable. A random number value other than these may be used to enhance the game effect. These random number values MR1 to MR5 may be updated by software in the CPU 103 using different random counters, or may be updated by the random number circuit 104. The random number circuit 104 may be built in the game control microcomputer 100, or may be configured as a random number circuit chip different from the game control microcomputer 100. The random number used to control the progress of such a game is also called a game random number.

Although the present embodiment exemplifies a form in which each of the random number values MR1 to MR5 is used as a value in the range shown in FIG. 8-5, the present invention is not limited to this, and each of these random number values is used. The range of MR1 to MR5 may be changed according to the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1.

FIG. 8-6 shows a variation pattern in the present embodiment. In the present embodiment, among the cases where the variable display result is “out”, the variable display mode of the decorative pattern is “non-reach” and “reach”, and A plurality of variation patterns are prepared in advance, corresponding to the case where the display result is a “big hit”. Further, one variation pattern is prepared in advance in response to a case where the variable display result is "small hit". The variation pattern corresponding to the case where the variable display result is “out” and the variable display mode of the decorative pattern is “non-reach” is referred to as a non-reach variation pattern (also referred to as “non-reach off-variation pattern”), The variation pattern corresponding to the case where the variable display result is “out” and the variable display mode of the decorative pattern is “reach” is called a reach variation pattern (also referred to as “reach out variation pattern”). In addition, the non-reach variation pattern and the reach variation pattern are included in the outlier variation pattern corresponding to the case where the variable display result is “off”. The variation pattern corresponding to the case where the variable display result is "big hit" is referred to as a big hit variation pattern. The variation pattern corresponding to the case where the variable display result is "small hit" is referred to as a small hit variation pattern.

The big hit variation pattern and the reach variation pattern include a normal reach variation pattern in which a reach effect of normal reach is executed and a super reach variation pattern in which a reach effect of super reach such as super reach α and super reach β is executed. Although only one type of normal reach variation pattern is provided in the present embodiment, the present invention is not limited to this, and like normal reach α, normal reach β,... A plurality of normal reach variation patterns may be provided. Further, in the super reach variation pattern, three or more super reach variation patterns such as super reach γ,... In addition to super reach α and super reach β may be provided.

As shown in FIG. 8-6, regarding the special figure variation time of the normal reach variation pattern in which the reach effect of the normal reach is executed in the characteristic part 103SG of the present embodiment, the super reach variation patterns of super reach α and super reach β are used. Is set shorter than. Further, regarding the special figure variation time of the super reach variation pattern in which the reach reach of super reach such as super reach α and super reach β in the present embodiment is executed, the variation time of the variation pattern in which the super reach production of super reach β is executed In this case, the special figure variation time is set longer than the variation pattern in which the super reach effect of super reach α is executed.

In the present embodiment, as described above, since the variable display result is set to be the “big hit” in the order of the super reach β, the super reach α, and the normal reach, the big hit expectation is set to be high, and thus the normal reach variation pattern and the In the super reach fluctuation pattern, the longer the fluctuation time, the higher the jackpot expectation.

Note that, in the characteristic unit 103SG of the present embodiment, as will be described later, these fluctuation patterns are classified into fluctuation pattern types such as non-reach type, normal reach type, and super reach type. Instead of first determining and then determining the variation pattern to be executed from the variation patterns belonging to the determined variation pattern, only the random value MR3 for variation pattern determination is determined without determining these types. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, in addition to the random value MR3 for fluctuation pattern determination, a random value for fluctuation pattern type determination is provided and these fluctuations are set. It is also possible to first determine the type of the variation pattern from the random number for determining the pattern type, and then determine the variation pattern to be executed from the variation patterns belonging to the determined variation pattern.

Further, in the characteristic unit 103SG of the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 8-6, the form in which the variation content (effect content) is predetermined for each variation pattern is illustrated, but the present invention is not limited to this. The present invention is not limited to this, and even if the variation pattern is the same, the variation content (effect content) may be different depending on the set value. For example, in the case of the variation pattern PA2-1 with out-of-normal reach, if the set value that is set is 1, the variation pattern with out-of-normal reach is set, and if the set value that is set is 2, the pseudo continuous production is performed. If the set value that is set is 3 as a variation pattern that is executed twice and that is out of reach, a pseudo continuous production is executed three times and a variation pattern that is out of super reach...

In the game control microcomputer 100, the CPU 103 executes the program read from the ROM 101 and uses the RAM 102 as a work area to execute various processes for controlling the progress of the game in the pachinko gaming machine 1. Further, the CPU 103 is capable of generating all of the various random numbers used on the main board 11 side by executing the random number generation program.

The ROM 101 included in the game control microcomputer 100 stores various table data used for controlling the progress of the game, in addition to the game control program. For example, the ROM 101 stores table data that forms a plurality of determination tables shown in FIGS. 8-7 to 8-11, which are prepared for the CPU 103 to make various determinations and decisions. Further, in the ROM 101, table data constituting a plurality of control pattern tables used by the CPU 103 to output various control signals from the main board 11, and a variation mode of each symbol in a variable display of a special symbol, an ordinary symbol, etc. A fluctuation pattern table for storing a plurality of kinds of fluctuation patterns is stored.

The determination table stored in the ROM 101 includes, for example, a first special figure display result determination table shown in FIG. 8-7(A), a second special figure display result determination table shown in FIG. 8-7(B), and FIG. -8(A) big hit type determination table (for the first special symbol), big hit type determination table (for the second special symbol) shown in FIG. 8-8(B), big hit variation pattern determination table, small hit A fluctuation pattern determination table, a misalignment fluctuation pattern determination table, a public figure display result determination table (not shown), a public figure fluctuation pattern determination table (not shown), and the like are included.

The pachinko gaming machine 1 of the characteristic part 103SG of the present embodiment is configured such that the winning probability (ball-out rate) of the big hit changes according to the set value. Specifically, in the special symbol normal process of the special symbol process process described later, by using the display result determination table (winning probability) according to the set value, the winning probability (ball-out rate) of the big hit is changed. .. The set value is made up of 6 levels from 1 to 6, where 6 is the highest payout rate, and the smaller the value is in the order of 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, the lower the payout rate. That is, when 6 is set as the set value, the advantage is the highest for the player, and as the value decreases in the order of 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, the advantage decreases in stages. In other words, the set value is 6 which is the largest value, which is the most unfavorable value for the game hall side, and the smaller the value in the order of 5, 4, 3, 2, 1 is, the more advantageous value the game hall side has. Become.

8-7(A) and 8-7(B) are explanatory views showing the display result determination table. The display result determination table is a collection of data stored in the ROM 101, and is a table in which a hit determination value to be compared with MR1 is set for each set value. In the characteristic part 103SG of the present embodiment, the display result determination table is a separate display result determination table for the first special figure and the second special figure, but the present invention is not limited to this. A common display result determination table may be used for the first special figure and the second special figure.

As shown in FIG. 8-7(A), in the case where the set value is 1 and the variation special figure is the first special figure, the range of 0 to 65535 when the game state is the normal state or the time saving state Is a numerical value that can take a value, and of the hit determination values to be compared with the random number value MR1 for determining the special figure display result, 1020 to 1237 are assigned to the “big hit”, and 32767 to 33094 are assigned to the “small hit”. It is assigned to "winning" and other numerical ranges are assigned to "outside". Further, when the game state is the probability change state, among the above-mentioned hit determination values, 1020 to 1346 are assigned to "big hit", 32767 to 33094 are assigned to "small hit", and others. The numerical range of is assigned to “out”.

As shown in FIG. 8-7(B), in the case where the set value is 1 and the variation special figure is the second special figure, the range of 0 to 65535 when the game state is the normal state or the time saving state Is a numerical value that can take a value, and of the hit determination values to be compared with the random number value MR1 for determining the special figure display result, 1020 to 1237 are assigned to the “big hit”, and 32767 to 33421 are assigned to the “small hit”. It is assigned to "hit" and other numerical ranges are assigned to "outside". Further, when the gaming state is the probability change state, among the above-mentioned hit determination values, 1020 to 1346 are assigned to "big hit", 32767 to 33421 are assigned to "small hit", and others. The numerical range of is assigned to “out”.

As shown in FIG. 8-7(A), in the case where the set value is 2 and the variation special figure is the first special figure, the range of 0 to 65535 when the game state is the normal state or the time saving state Is a numerical value that can take a value, and of the hit determination values to be compared with the random number value MR1 for determining the special figure display result, 1020 to 1253 are assigned to the “big hit”, and 32767 to 33094 are assigned to the “small hit”. It is assigned to "winning" and other numerical ranges are assigned to "outside". Further, when the game state is the probability change state, among the above-mentioned hit determination values, 1020 to 1383 are assigned to "big hit", 32767 to 33094 are assigned to "small hit", and others. The numerical range of is assigned to “out”.

As shown in FIG. 8-7(B), when the set value is 2 and the variation special figure is the second special figure, the range of 0 to 65535 when the game state is the normal state or the time saving state Is a numerical value that can take a value, and of the hit determination values to be compared with the random number value MR1 for special figure display result determination, 1020 to 1253 are assigned to the "big hit", and 32767 to 33421 are assigned to the "small hit. It is assigned to "hit" and other numerical ranges are assigned to "outside". Further, when the game state is the probability change state, of the above-mentioned hit determination values, 1020 to 1383 are assigned to "big hit", 32767 to 33421 are assigned to "small hit", and others. The numerical range of is assigned to “out”.

As shown in FIG. 8-7(A), in the case where the set value is 3 and the variation special figure is the first special figure, when the game state is the normal state or the time saving state, the range of 0 to 65535 Is a numerical value that can take a value, and of the hit determination values to be compared with the random number value MR1 for special figure display result determination, 1020 to 1272 are assigned to the "big hit", and 32767 to 33094 are assigned to the "small hit". It is assigned to "winning" and other numerical ranges are assigned to "outside". Further, when the game state is the probability change state, of the above-mentioned hit determination values, 1020 to 1429 are assigned to "big hit", 32767 to 33094 are assigned to "small hit", and others. The numerical range of is assigned to “out”.

As shown in FIG. 8-7(B), when the set value is 3 and the variation special figure is the second special figure, the range of 0 to 65535 when the game state is the normal state or the time saving state Is a numerical value that can take a value, and of the hit determination values to be compared with the random number value MR1 for special figure display result determination, 1020 to 1272 are assigned to the "big hit", and 32767 to 33421 are assigned to the "small hit". It is assigned to "hit" and other numerical ranges are assigned to "outside". Further, when the game state is the probability change state, of the above-mentioned hit determination values, 1020 to 1429 are assigned to "big hit", 32767 to 33421 are assigned to "small hit", and others. The numerical range of is assigned to “out”.

As shown in FIG. 8-7(A), in the case where the set value is 4 and the variation special figure is the first special figure, the range of 0 to 65535 when the game state is the normal state or the time saving state Is a numerical value that can take a value, and of the hit determination values to be compared with the random number value MR1 for special figure display result determination, 1020 to 1292 are assigned to the "big hit", and 32767 to 33094 are assigned to the "small hit". It is assigned to "winning" and other numerical ranges are assigned to "outside". Further, when the game state is a probability change state, of the above-mentioned hit determination values, 1020 to 1487 are assigned to "big hit", 32767 to 33094 are assigned to "small hit", and others. The numerical range of is assigned to “out”.

As shown in FIG. 8-7(B), in the case where the set value is 4 and the variation special figure is the second special figure, the range of 0 to 65535 is provided when the game state is the normal state or the time saving state. Is a numerical value that can take a value, and of the hit determination values to be compared with the random number value MR1 for determining the special figure display result, 1020 to 1292 are assigned to the "big hit", and 32767 to 33421 are assigned to the "small hit". It is assigned to "winning" and other numerical ranges are assigned to "outside". Further, when the game state is the probability change state, of the above-mentioned hit determination values, 1020 to 1487 are assigned to "big hit", 32767 to 33421 are assigned to "small hit", and others. The numerical range of is assigned to “out”.

As shown in FIG. 8-7(A), in the case where the set value is 5 and the variation special figure is the first special figure, when the game state is the normal state or the time saving state, the range of 0 to 65535 Is a numerical value that can take a value, and of the hit determination values to be compared with the random number value MR1 for special figure display result determination, 1020 to 1317 are assigned to the "big hit", and 32767 to 33094 are assigned to the "small hit". It is assigned to "winning" and other numerical ranges are assigned to "outside". Further, when the game state is the probability change state, of the above-mentioned hit determination values, 1020 to 1556 are assigned to "big hit", 32767 to 33094 are assigned to "small hit", and others. The numerical range of is assigned to “out”.

As shown in FIG. 8-7(B), in the case where the set value is 5 and the variation special figure is the second special figure, the range of 0 to 65535 when the game state is the normal state or the time saving state Is a numerical value that can take a value, and of the hit determination values to be compared with the random number value MR1 for special figure display result determination, 1020 to 1317 are assigned to the "big hit", and 32767 to 33421 are assigned to the "small hit". It is assigned to "winning" and other numerical ranges are assigned to "outside". Further, when the game state is a probability change state, of the above-mentioned hit determination values, 1020 to 1556 are assigned to "big hit", 32767 to 33421 are assigned to "small hit", and others. The numerical range of is assigned to “out”.

As shown in FIG. 8-7(A), in the case where the set value is 6 and the variation special figure is the first special figure, the range of 0 to 65535 when the game state is the normal state or the time saving state Is a numerical value that can take a value, and of the hit determination values to be compared with the random number value MR1 for special figure display result determination, 1020 to 1346 are assigned to the "big hit", and 32767 to 33094 are assigned to the "small hit". It is assigned to "winning" and other numerical ranges are assigned to "outside". Further, when the gaming state is the probability change state, among the above-mentioned hit determination values, 1020 to 1674 are assigned to "big hit", 32767 to 33094 are assigned to "small hit", and others. The numerical range of is assigned to “out”.

As shown in FIG. 8-7(B), in the case where the set value is 6 and the variation special figure is the second special figure, the range of 0 to 65535 when the game state is the normal state or the time saving state Is a numerical value that can take a value, and of the hit determination values to be compared with the random number value MR1 for special figure display result determination, 1020 to 1346 are assigned to the “big hit”, and 32767 to 33421 are assigned to the “small hit”. It is assigned to "winning" and other numerical ranges are assigned to "outside". Further, when the game state is the probability change state, among the above-mentioned hit determination values, 1020 to 1674 are assigned to "big hit", 32767 to 33421 are assigned to "small hit", and others. The numerical range of is assigned to “out”.

As described above, in each display result determination table, when the gaming state is in the certainty variation state (highly precise state), more determination values than in the normal state or the time saving state (low certainty state) are It is assigned to the special map display result of "big hit". Thereby, in the probability variation state (high accuracy state) in which the probability variation control is performed in the pachinko gaming machine 1, when the normal state or the time saving state (low accuracy state), the special figure display result is set as "big hit" and the big hit game state is controlled. Probability to be determined (in the characteristic part 103SG of the present embodiment, 1/300 when the set value is 1, 1/280 when the set value is 2, 1/260 when the set value is 3, Compared with 1/240 when the value is 4, 1/220 when the setting value is 5, 1/200 when the setting value is 6, the special figure display result is set as "big hit" and the big hit game state is controlled. Then, the probability of determination becomes higher (in the characteristic part 103SG of the present embodiment, when the setting value is 1, 1/200, when the setting value is 2, 1/180, when the setting value is 3, 1/ 160, 1/140 when the setting value is 4, 1/120 when the setting value is 5, and 1/100 when the setting value is 6). That is, in each display result determination table, when the gaming state in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is the probability changing state (highly accurate state), it is determined that the jackpot gaming state is controlled as compared to the normal state and the time saving state. The determination value is assigned to the determination result of whether or not to control the jackpot gaming state so as to be higher.

In the characteristic part 103SG of the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 8-7, the ratio of the jackpot probability in the probability variation state to the jackpot probability in the normal state or the time saving state is different according to each set value (for example, the setting If the value is 1, the ratio of the jackpot probability in the probability variation state to the jackpot probability in the normal state or the time shortening state is 1.5 times, and if the setting value is 2, the jackpot probability in the probability variation state with respect to the jackpot probability in the normal state or the time saving state is The multiplying factor is about 1.56 times, and if the setting value is 3, the multiplying factor of the jackpot probability in the probability variation state is 1.625 times the jackpot probability in the normal state or the time saving state). However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the ratio of the jackpot probability in the probability variation state to the jackpot probability in the normal state and the short-time state at each set value is set to be constant (for example, 5 times). Good.

Further, in each of the first special figure display result determination table, regardless of the game state and the set value, the probability that is determined to control the special figure display result "small hit" to the small hit game state has the same value. The judgment value is assigned as follows. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 8-7(A), in the first special figure display result determination table, the special figure display result is set as "small hit" regardless of the game state or the set value. The probability of determining to control the game state is set to 1/200.

On the other hand, in each of the second special figure display result determination tables, the probability that the special figure display result is set as "small hit" to be controlled in the small hit game state is determined by the first special value regardless of the game state and the set value. The determination value is assigned so that it has the same value as that of the graphic display result determination table. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 8-7(B), in the second special figure display result determination table, the special figure display result is set as "small hit" regardless of the game state or the set value. The probability of determining to control the game state is set to 1/100.

In the characteristic part 103SG of the present embodiment, the probability that the special figure display result is set as “small hit” regardless of the set value and the small hit game state is controlled is the same probability. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the probability of determining to control the small hitting game state as the small hitting result may be different according to the set value. Further, the characteristic portion 103SG of the present embodiment exemplifies a mode in which the probability of being determined to control the small hitting game state as "small hitting" as the special drawing display result according to the fluctuation special drawing is different. The invention is not limited to this, and the probability that the special figure display result is set as "small hit" and the small hit game state is controlled may be the same probability regardless of the fluctuation special figure.

Here, focusing on the numerical range of the hit determination value assigned to “big hit” or “small hit” in each display result determination table, the display result for the first special figure when the game state is the normal state or the time saving state In the determination table, the range from 1020 to 1237 among the hit determination values is set as the common numerical value range of the big hit determination values for determining the big hit regardless of the set value.

When the setting value is 1, only the common numerical value range of the jackpot determination value for determining the jackpot is set (1020 to 1237 are assigned to the “jackpot”), while the setting value 2 is set. In the case of the set value 6, the numerical range corresponding to each set value from 1238 is set as the non-common numerical range of the big hit determination value so as to continue from the common numerical range of the big hit determination value. The non-common numerical value range of the jackpot determination value is 1238 to 1253 in the setting value 2, 1238 to 1272 in the setting value 3, 1238 to 1292 in the setting value 4, and 1238 to 1317 in the setting value 5. The set value 6 is set in the range of 1238 to 1346.

That is, in the characteristic part 103SG of the present embodiment, in the first special figure display result determination table when the game state is the normal state or the time saving state, when the set value is 1, the value is in the range of 0 to 65535. Among the possible hit judgment values, only the numerical values within the common numerical value range (1020 to 1237) are assigned to the “big hit”, while when the set value is 2 or more, the common big hit judgment values are common. Numerical values within the numerical range plus the non-common numerical range are assigned to "big hit". Further, the non-common numerical value range increases with 1238 as a reference as the set value increases.

For this reason, the jackpot probability increases with the reference value of the jackpot determination value (big hit reference value) set to 10 and the non-common numerical value range continuous to the common numerical value range increases as the set value increases. Go

In the first special figure display result determination table when the game state is the normal state or the time saving state, the range of 32767 to 33094 of the hit determination values is for determining the small hit regardless of the set value. Is set to the common numerical range of the small hit judgment value of. Focusing on the case where the set value is 6, when the set value is 6, while 1020 to 1346 of the hit determination values are set in the numerical range of the big hit determination value as described above, The hit judgment value is 32767 to 33094 in the numerical range different from the big hit judgment value range (1020 to 1346) in the case of the setting value 6 as 32767 as the small hit judgment value reference value (small hit reference value). Since the range is set, it is possible to prevent the numerical range of the small hit determination value from overlapping with the range of the big hit determination value that changes according to each set value.

Next, in the first special figure display result determination table when the gaming state is the probability variation state, the range of 1020 to 1346 of the hit determination values is a big hit determination value for determining a big hit regardless of the set value. Is set to the common numerical range of.

When the set value is 1, only the common numerical value range of the big hit determination value for determining the big hit is set (1020 to 1346 are assigned to the "big hit"), while the set value 2 is set. In the case of the set value 6, the numerical range corresponding to each set value from 1347 is set as the non-common numerical range of the big hit determination value so as to continue from the common numerical range of the big hit determination value. The non-common numerical value range of the jackpot determination value is 1347 to 1383 in the setting value 2, 1347 to 1429 in the setting value 3, 1347 to 1487 in the setting value 4, and 1347 to 1556 in the setting value 5. The set value 6 is set in the range of 1347 to 1674, respectively.

That is, in the characteristic portion 103SG of the present embodiment, in the first special figure display result determination table when the game state is the probability change state, when the set value is 1, the value can be in the range of 0 to 65535. Among the hit judgment values, only the numerical values within the common numerical value range (1020 to 1346) are assigned to the “big hit”, while when the set value is 2 or more, the big numerical value falls within the common numerical value range. Numerical values within the range including the non-common numerical value range are assigned to "big hit". Furthermore, the non-common numerical value range increases with 1347 as the reference as the set value increases.

For this reason, the jackpot probability increases with the reference value of the jackpot determination value (big hit reference value) set to 10 and the non-common numerical value range continuous to the common numerical value range increases as the set value increases. Go

Incidentally, in the first special figure display result determination table when the game state is a probability change state, the hit determination value is the same as the first special figure display result determination table when the game state is the normal state or the time saving state. Of these, the range from 32767 to 33094 is set as the common numerical value range of the small hit determination value for judging the small hit regardless of the set value. Focusing on the case where the set value is 6, when the set value is 6, as described above, from 1020 to 1674 of the hit determination values are set in the numerical range of the big hit determination value, and The hit determination value is 32767 to 33094 in the numerical range different from the range of the big hit determination value (1020 to 1674) in the case of the setting value 6 as 32767 as the reference value of the small hit determination value (small hit reference value). Since the range is set to a range, it is prevented that the numerical range of the small hit determination value overlaps with the range of the big hit determination value that changes according to each set value.

In the second special figure display result determination table when the gaming state is the normal state or the time saving state, the range of 1020 to 1237 of the hit determination values is a big hit determination value for determining a big hit regardless of the set value. Is set to the common numerical range of.

When the setting value is 1, only the common numerical value range of the jackpot determination value for determining the jackpot is set (1020 to 1237 are assigned to the “jackpot”), while the setting value 2 is set. In the case of the set value 6, the numerical range corresponding to each set value from 1238 is set as the non-common numerical range of the big hit determination value so as to continue from the common numerical range of the big hit determination value. The non-common numerical value range of the jackpot determination value is 1238 to 1253 in the setting value 2, 1238 to 1272 in the setting value 3, 1238 to 1292 in the setting value 4, and 1238 to 1317 in the setting value 5. The set value 6 is set in the range of 1238 to 1346.

That is, in the characteristic part 103SG of the present embodiment, in the second special figure display result determination table when the game state is the normal state or the time saving state, when the set value is 1, the value is in the range of 0 to 65535. Among the possible hit judgment values, only the numerical values within the common numerical value range (1020 to 1237) are assigned to the “big hit”, while when the set value is 2 or more, the common big hit judgment values are common. Numerical values within the numerical range plus the non-common numerical range are assigned to "big hit". Further, the non-common numerical value range increases with 1238 as a reference as the set value increases.

For this reason, the jackpot probability increases with the reference value of the jackpot determination value (big hit reference value) set to 10 and the non-common numerical value range continuous to the common numerical value range increases as the set value increases. Go

In the second special figure display result determination table when the game state is the normal state or the time saving state, the range of 32767 to 33421 of the hit determination values is for determining the small hit regardless of the set value. Is set to the common numerical range of the small hit judgment value of. Focusing on the case where the set value is 6, when the set value is 6, while 1020 to 1346 of the hit determination values are set in the numerical range of the big hit determination value as described above, The hit determination value is 32767 to 33421 as a reference value of the small hit determination value (small hit reference value) in a numerical range different from the range of the big hit determination value (1020 to 1346) in the case of the setting value 6 described above. Since the range is set, it is possible to prevent the numerical range of the small hit determination value from overlapping with the range of the big hit determination value that changes according to each set value.

Next, in the second special figure display result determination table in the case where the game state is the probability variation state, the range of 1020 to 1346 of the hit determination values is a big hit determination value for determining a big hit regardless of the set value. Is set to the common numerical range of.

When the set value is 1, only the common numerical value range of the big hit determination value for determining the big hit is set (1020 to 1346 are assigned to the "big hit"), while the set value 2 is set. In the case of the set value 6, the numerical range corresponding to each set value from 1347 is set as the non-common numerical range of the big hit determination value so as to continue from the common numerical range of the big hit determination value. The non-common numerical value range of the jackpot determination value is 1347 to 1383 in the setting value 2, 1347 to 1429 in the setting value 3, 1347 to 1487 in the setting value 4, and 1347 to 1556 in the setting value 5. The set value 6 is set in the range of 1347 to 1674, respectively.

That is, in the characteristic portion 103SG of the present embodiment, in the display result determination table for FIG. 2 when the game state is the probability change state, when the set value is 1, the value that can take a value in the range of 0 to 65535 Among the judgment values, only the numerical values within the common numerical value range (1020 to 1346) are assigned to the “big hit”, while when the set value is 2 or more, the large numerical value is not included in the common numerical value range. Numerical values within the range including the common numerical value range are assigned to "big hit". Furthermore, the non-common numerical value range increases with 1347 as the reference as the set value increases.

For this reason, the jackpot probability increases with the reference value of the jackpot determination value (big hit reference value) set to 10 and the non-common numerical value range continuous to the common numerical value range increases as the set value increases. Go

In addition, in the second special figure display result determination table when the game state is the probability change state, the hit determination value is the same as the second special figure display result determination table when the game state is the normal state or the time saving state. Of these, the range from 32767 to 33421 is set as the common numerical value range of the small hit determination value for judging the small hit regardless of the set value. Focusing on the case where the set value is 6, when the set value is 6, as described above, from 1020 to 1674 of the hit determination values are set in the numerical range of the big hit determination value, and The hit determination value is 32767 to 33421 as a reference value of the small hit determination value (small hit reference value) in a numerical range different from the range of the big hit determination value (1020 to 1674) in the case of the set value 6. Since the range is set to a range, it is prevented that the numerical range of the small hit determination value overlaps with the range of the big hit determination value that changes according to each set value.

As described above, in the characteristic unit 103SG of the present embodiment, in each display result determination table, regardless of the game state and the set value, the common numerical value range or the common numerical value range and the non-common numerical value range are set with the hit judgment value of 1020 as a reference. The judgment value included in the continuous numerical value range of 1 is set as the numerical value range of the jackpot judgment value, and the continuous numerical value range of 1 is based on the hit judgment value 32767 regardless of the game state and the set value (common. The variable display result is judged with the judgment value included in the numerical range) as the numerical range of the small hit judgment value.

Further, in each of these display result determination tables, when the variation special figures are the same, the numerical range of the small hitting determination value is the same regardless of the game state (the number of determination values included in the numerical range of the small hitting determination value is Same). Further, the number of judgment values included in the numerical range of the small hit determination value varies depending on whether the variation special figure is the first special figure or the second special figure (small in the display result determination table for the first special figure). The number of judgment values included in the numerical range of the hit judgment value is 328, whereas the number of judgment values included in the numerical range of the small hit judgment value in the second special figure display result judgment table is about 655. On the other hand, the numerical range itself of the small hit determination value is set with 32767 as the reference value (small hit reference value).

Further, as described above, in each gaming state, when the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 1, the probability that it is determined to control the jackpot gaming state with the special map display result as "big hit" is the largest. The lower the value of the set value, the larger the value of the set value is, and the determination value is assigned so that the probability of being determined to control the big hit gaming state as "big hit" is set (big hit probability: set value 6>set value). 5>set value 4>set value 3>set value 2>set value 1).

That is, the CPU 103 refers to the display result determination table corresponding to the set value set at that time, and when the value of MR1 matches any of the hit determination values corresponding to the big hit, the big hit (big hit) with respect to the special symbol A to jackpot C). Moreover, when MR1 matches any of the hit determination values corresponding to the small hit, it is determined that the special symbol is a small hit. That is, the winning of the big hit and the small hit is determined with a probability according to the set value. The “probability” shown in FIG. 8-7 indicates the probability (ratio) of a big hit and the probability (ratio) of a small hit. Also, determining whether to make a big hit is to decide whether to control the big hit gaming state, the first special symbol display device 103SG004A or the second special symbol display device 103SG004B stop symbol It also means deciding whether or not to make a jackpot design. Also, determining whether to make a small hit, it is to determine whether to control the small hit game state, stop in the first special symbol display device 103SG004A or the second special symbol display device 103SG004B It is also to decide whether or not to make the symbol a small hit symbol.

In the present embodiment, the pachinko gaming machine 1 is provided with a total of 6 setting values 1 to 6 that can be set, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the pachinko gaming machine is not limited to this. The set value that can be set to 1 may be 5 or less or 7 or more.

8-8(A) and 8-8(B) are explanatory diagrams showing a big hit type determination table (for the first special symbol) and a big hit type determination table (for the second special symbol) stored in the ROM 101. Is. Of these, FIG. 8-8 (A), using the pending storage based on the game ball winning the first start winning opening (that is, when the variable display of the first special symbol is performed) determines the jackpot type It is a table when doing. In addition, FIG. 8-8 (B) determines the jackpot type by using the pending storage based on the fact that the game ball has won the second starting winning opening (that is, when the variable display of the second special symbol is performed). It is a case table.

The jackpot type determination table, when it is determined that the variable display result is a jackpot pattern, the jackpot type is one of jackpot A to jackpot C based on the random number (MR2) for jackpot type determination. Is a table that is referenced to determine

Here, the jackpot type in the characteristic unit 103SG of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 8-9. In the feature part 103SG of the present embodiment, as a big hit type, a big hit A (also called an uncertain variation big hit) that only the time saving control is executed after the end of the big hit game state to shift to the low accuracy high base state After the completion, the high-accuracy control and the time saving control are executed, and a big hit B and a big hit C (also called a certainty big hit) are set so as to shift to the high-precision high base state.

The big hit game state by "big hit A" is a normally open big hit that is repeatedly executed five times (so-called 5 rounds) in which the special variable winning ball device 7 is changed to a first state that is advantageous to the player. The big hit game state by "B" is a normally open big hit that is repeatedly executed 10 times (so-called 10 rounds) to change the special variable winning ball device 7 to the first state advantageous to the player. Furthermore, the big hit game state by "big hit C" is a normally open big hit which is repeatedly executed 15 times (so-called 15 rounds) to change the special variable winning ball device 7 to the first state advantageous to the player.

The time saving control executed after the big hit game state by the "big hit A" is that a special figure game is executed a predetermined number of times (100 times in the characteristic part 103SG of the present embodiment), or a special number of times of the predetermined number of times. Before the figure game is executed, the jackpot game state is entered and the game ends.

On the other hand, the high-accuracy control and the time saving control executed after the big hit game state of the big hit B or the big hit C are continuously executed until the big hit occurs again after the end of the big hit game state. Therefore, when the big hit that occurs again is big hit B or big hit C, high-precision control and time saving control are executed again after the end of the big hit game state, so the big hit game state is continuous without going through the normal state. It occurs in the so-called condominium state.

In addition, in the characteristic part 103SG of the present embodiment, an example in which three types of big hits A to C are provided as big hit types, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the big hit types are 2 types. You may provide less than four types or four or more types.

Further, as shown in FIG. 8-8(A), in the jackpot type determination table (for the first special symbol), when the setting value is "1", the determination value range of MR2 is from 0 to 299. , 0 to 99 are assigned to the big hit A, 100 to 249 are assigned to the big hit B, and 250 to 299 are assigned to the big hit C. When the set value is “2”, 0 to 99 are assigned to the jackpot A and 100 to 229 are assigned to the jackpot B in the range 0 to 299 of the judgment value of the MR2. , 200 to 299 are assigned to jackpot C. Further, when the set value is "3", 0 to 99 are assigned to the jackpot A, and 100 to 209 are assigned to the jackpot B, out of the range 0 to 299 of the judgment value of the MR2. , 150 to 299 are assigned to the jackpot C. When the set value is “4”, 0 to 99 are assigned to the jackpot A and 100 to 189 are assigned to the jackpot B in the range 0 to 299 of the judgment value of the MR2. , 190 to 299 are assigned to the jackpot C. When the set value is “5”, 0 to 99 are assigned to the jackpot A and 100 to 169 are assigned to the jackpot B in the range 0 to 299 of the determination value of the MR2. , 170 to 299 are assigned to the jackpot C. Further, when the setting value is "6", 0 to 99 are assigned to the jackpot A, and 100 to 149 are assigned to the jackpot B, out of the range 0 to 299 of the judgment value of the MR2. , 150 to 299 are assigned to the jackpot C.

In this way, when a big hit occurs in the special drawing game of the first special symbol, only the time saving control is executed after the big hitting game is finished. Among the big hit B and the big hit C for which both the probability change control and the probability change control are executed, the proportion for determining the big hit C becomes lower in the order of set values 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1. In other words, if the variation special figure is the first special symbol, the highest payout rate is when the set value set for the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 6, and the set values are 5, 4, 3, 2, The smaller the order of 1, the lower the ball output rate.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 8-8(B), in the jackpot type determination table (for the second special symbol), when the setting value is “1”, the determination value range of MR2 is 0 to 299. Of these, 0 to 99 are assigned to the big hit A, 100 to 199 are assigned to the big hit B, and 200 to 299 are assigned to the big hit C. When the set value is “2”, 0 to 99 are assigned to the jackpot A, and 100 to 179 are assigned to the jackpot B, out of the range 0 to 299 of the determination value of MR2. , 180 to 299 are assigned to the jackpot C. When the set value is "3", 0 to 99 are assigned to the jackpot A, and 100 to 159 are assigned to the jackpot B, out of the range 0 to 299 of the judgment value of the MR2. , 160 to 299 are assigned to the jackpot C. When the setting value is "4", 0 to 99 are assigned to the jackpot A, and 100 to 139 are assigned to the jackpot B, out of the range 0 to 299 of the judgment value of the MR2. , 140 to 299 are assigned to the jackpot C. When the set value is “5”, 0 to 99 are assigned to the jackpot A, and 100 to 119 are assigned to the jackpot B, out of the range 0 to 299 of the judgment value of MR2. , 120 to 299 are assigned to the jackpot C. When the set value is “6”, 0 to 99 are assigned to the jackpot A, and 100 to 299 are assigned to the jackpot C in the range 0 to 299 of the determination value of the MR2. (The jackpot B is not assigned a judgment value).

In this way, when a big hit occurs in the special drawing game of the second special symbol, only the time saving control is executed after the big hitting game is finished. Of the big hit B and the big hit C for which both the probability variation control and the big hit C are executed, the proportion for determining the big hit C becomes lower in the order of set values 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1. That is, when the variation special symbol is the second special symbol, the highest payout rate is the case where the setting value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 6, and the setting value is 5, 4, 3, 2, The smaller the order of 1, the lower the ball output rate.

In the characteristic part 103SG of the present embodiment, when the variation special figure is the second special figure and the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 6, the big hit type is determined as big hit B. That is, the case where the determination ratio of the big hit type is different depending on the set value that is set is that one of the big hit types is not determined (the determination ratio is 0%). Although included, even when the variation special map is the second special map and the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 6, there may be provided a case of determining the big hit type as big hit B. ..

In this way, in the characteristic part 103SG of the present embodiment, the determination ratio of the big hit type when the variable display result is a big hit is different according to the set value that is set, so that the enjoyment of the game can be improved. It has become.

In the characteristic part 103SG of the present embodiment, the big hit type is determined using MR2 which is a random number value for big hit type determination, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the big hit type is It may be determined using MR1 which is a random number value for determining the special figure display result.

Further, in the characteristic part 103SG of the present embodiment, the larger the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1, the more advantageous it is to the player (the jackpot probability is increased, and the jackpot C as the jackpot type is easily determined. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and a smaller set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 may be advantageous to the player.

Further, in the characteristic part 103SG of the present embodiment, while the jackpot probability changes according to the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1, the game itself does not change, but the present invention is not limited to this. The game playability is not limited to this, and the game property may be changed according to the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1.

For example, when the set value set to the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 1, the jackpot probability in the normal state is 1/320, and the probability variation state is a game property that loops at a rate of 65% (so-called probability variation loop type), If the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 2, the jackpot probability in the normal state is 1/200, the game ball during the jackpot game is a predetermined switch provided in the special variable winning ball device 7 While controlling the gaming state after the end of the big hit game to a probable state based on passing, the game property (so-called V that the ratio of the game ball passing through the predetermined switch during the big hit game is different according to the variation special map). If the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 3, the probability of a big hit is 1/320 and the probability of a small hit is 1/50, and the game is played during high base (during time saving control). The game may be controlled to a big hit game state based on the ball passing through a predetermined switch provided in the special variable winning ball device 7 (so-called 1 type/2 types mixed type). Furthermore, if the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is any one of 1-3, the game playability is the same, but the jackpot probability and A setting may be provided in which the small hit probability is high but the number of prize balls that can be obtained during the big hit game is small (for example, when the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 4 to 6). ..

Further, in this way, when changing the game characteristic according to the set value, the common switch may be used for different purposes. Specifically, in the above example, when the set value is 1 to 3, the predetermined switch provided in the special variable winning ball device 7 is used as a performance switch (every time a game ball passes through a predetermined area). It is used as a switch for executing a predetermined effect), and when the set value is 4 to 6, the predetermined switch is used as a game switch (a game state is changed to a certain state based on the fact that the game ball has passed the predetermined switch). It may be used as a switch for controlling the jackpot gaming state).

Further, the ROM 101 also stores a fluctuation pattern determination table for determining the fluctuation pattern based on the random value MR3 for fluctuation pattern determination, and the fluctuation pattern is selected from among the plurality of types described above according to the pre-determined result. It is determined to be one of the fluctuation patterns.

Specifically, as the variation pattern determination table, the variation pattern determination table for the big hit used when the variable display result is predetermined to be the "big hit" and the variable display result is set to the "small hit" The jackpot variation pattern determination table that is used when it is predetermined, and the offset variation pattern determination table that is used when it is determined that the variable display result is “offset” are prepared in advance. ing.

In the jackpot variation pattern determination table, the variation patterns of the normal reach jackpot variation pattern (PB1-1), the super reach α jackpot variation pattern (PB1-2), and the super reach β jackpot variation pattern (PB1-3) are set. On the other hand, a predetermined random number value is assigned as the determination value within the range that the random number value MR3 for determining the variation pattern can take.

As shown in FIGS. 8-10(A) and 8-10(B), as the big hit variation pattern determination table, the big hit variation pattern determination table (big hit A is used when the big hit type is big hit A). And a jackpot variation pattern determination table (for jackpot B and jackpot C) used when the jackpot type is jackpot B and jackpot C. These jackpot variation pattern determination tables (jack jacks) A) and the variation pattern determination table for big hits (for big hits B and big hits C) show fluctuation patterns for normal reach big hits (PB1-1), fluctuation patterns for super reach α big hits (PB1-2), and super reach β big hits. For each variation pattern of the variation pattern (PB1-3), a predetermined random number value is assigned as a determination value within the range that the random number value MR3 for determining the variation pattern can take.

As shown in FIG. 8-10(A), in the big hit variation pattern judgment table (for big hit A), when the set value is “1”, one of the judgment value ranges 1 to 997 of MR3 is 1 Up to 400 are assigned to the normal reach jackpot variation pattern (PB1-1), 401 to 850 are assigned to the super reach α jackpot variation pattern (PB1-2), and 851 to 997 are super reach. It is assigned to the variation pattern (PB1-3) of the β big hit. When the set value is “2”, 1 to 380 of the range of judgment values of MR3 of 1 to 997 are assigned to the variation pattern (PB1-1) of the normal reach jackpot, and 381 to 835. Are assigned to the variation pattern of the super reach α big hit (PB1-2), and 836 to 997 are assigned to the variation pattern of the super reach β big hit (PB1-3). When the set value is "3", 1 to 360 of the range of MR3 determination values of 1 to 997 are assigned to the variation pattern (PB1-1) of the normal reach jackpot, and 361 to 820. Are assigned to the variation pattern of the super reach α big hit (PB1-2), and 821 to 997 are assigned to the variation pattern of the super reach β big hit (PB1-3). When the set value is “4”, 1 to 340 are assigned to the variation pattern (PB1-1) of the normal reach jackpot in the range 1 to 997 of the determination value of MR3, and 341 to 805. Are assigned to the variation pattern of super-reach α big hits (PB1-2), and 806 to 997 are assigned to the variation pattern of super-reach β big hits (PB1-3). When the setting value is "5", 1 to 320 of the judgment value range 1 to 997 of MR3 are assigned to the variation pattern (PB1-1) of the normal reach jackpot, and 321 to 790. Are assigned to the variation pattern of super reach α big hit (PB1-2), and 791 to 997 are assigned to the variation pattern of super reach β big hit (PB1-3). When the set value is “6”, 1 to 300 of the range of judgment values of MR3 of 1 to 997 are assigned to the variation pattern (PB1-1) of the normal reach jackpot, and 301 to 775 are set. Are assigned to the variation pattern (PB1-2) of the super reach α big hit, and 776 to 997 are assigned to the variation pattern of the super reach β big hit (PB1-3).

As shown in FIG. 8-10(B), in the variation pattern determination table for big hits (for big hit B and big hit C), when the set value is “1”, the judgment value range of MR3 is from 1 to 997. , 1 to 200 are assigned to the variation pattern of the normal reach jackpot (PB1-1), 201 to 550 are assigned to the variation pattern of the super reach α jackpot (PB1-2), and 551 to 997 are assigned. It is assigned to the variation pattern (PB1-3) of the super reach β big hit. When the set value is “2”, from the range of judgment values 1 to 997 of MR3, 1 to 180 are assigned to the variation pattern (PB1-1) of the normal reach jackpot, and 181 to 510 are assigned. The variation patterns (PB1-2) of super-reach α big hits are assigned, and the variation patterns 511 to 997 are assigned to the variation patterns (PB1-3) of super-reach β big hits. Further, when the set value is "3", of the judgment value range 1 to 997 of MR3, 1 to 160 are assigned to the fluctuation pattern (PB1-1) of the normal reach jackpot, and 161 to 470 are set. It is assigned to the variation pattern of super reach α big hit (PB1-2), and 471 to 997 are assigned to the variation pattern of super reach β big hit (PB1-3). When the set value is "4", 1 to 140 of the judgment value range 1 to 997 of MR3 are assigned to the fluctuation pattern (PB1-1) of the normal reach jackpot, and 141 to 430 are set. The variation patterns (PB1-2) of super-reach α big hits are assigned, and 431 to 997 are assigned to the variation patterns (PB1-3) of super-reach β big hits. When the set value is "5", 1 to 120 of the range of MR3 determination values of 1 to 997 are assigned to the variation pattern (PB1-1) of the normal reach jackpot, and 121 to 390 are assigned. The variation pattern (PB1-2) of the super-reach α big hit is assigned, and the variation patterns 391 to 997 are assigned to the variation pattern (PB1-3) of the super-reach β big hit. When the set value is “6”, 1 to 100 of the range of judgment values of MR3 of 1 to 997 are assigned to the variation pattern (PB1-1) of the normal reach jackpot, and 101 to 350 are set. It is assigned to the variation pattern of super reach α big hit (PB1-2), and 351 to 997 is assigned to the variation pattern of super reach β big hit (PB1-3).

In this way, when the big hit A is won in the special drawing game, the ratio of determining the fluctuation pattern (PB1-2) of the super reach α big hit is the ratio of determining the fluctuation pattern of the super reach β big hit (PB1-3). And the set values become lower in the order of 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1. Further, when the big hit B or the big hit C is won in the special figure game, the rate of determining the fluctuation pattern (PB1-3) of the super reach β big hit determines the fluctuation pattern (PB1-2) of the super reach α big hit. The ratio is higher than the ratio and lower in the order of set values 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1.

In other words, in the present embodiment, when the determination values are “big hit B” or “big hit C”, the super reach β is easily determined, and the big hit type is “big hit A”. In this case, since the super-reach α is assigned so as to be easily determined, when the variation pattern of the super-reach β is executed, the player may be “big hit B” or “big hit C”. You can increase your expectations.

Further, in the small hit variation pattern determination table, a predetermined random number value is a determination value for the variation pattern of the small hit variation pattern (PC1-1) within the range that the random value MR3 for variation pattern determination can take. Is assigned as. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 8-10(C), in the variation pattern determination table for small hits, even if the setting value is any of 1 to 6, the determination value range of MR3 is 0 to 997. Of these, 0 to 997 are assigned to the variation pattern (PC1-1) of the small hit. Although only the PC 1-1 is provided as the variation pattern for the small hit in the present embodiment, the present invention is not limited to this, and two or more variation patterns are provided as the variation pattern for the small hit, The variation pattern of the small hit may be determined from the plurality of variation patterns at different rates with the set values 1 to 6.

In addition, in the variation pattern determination table for deviation, the variation pattern determination table A for deviation used when the number of reserved memories is 1 or less in the low base state where the game state is not subjected to time saving control, and the low base Variation pattern determination table B for outliers used when the total number of pending storages is 2 to 4 in the state, and variation for outliers used when the number of total pending storages is 5 to 8 in the low base state The pattern determination table C and the out-of-shift variation pattern determination table D used when the game state is the high base state in which the time saving control is performed are prepared in advance.

In the variation pattern determination table A for out-of-range, the non-reach out-of-range variation pattern without shortening (PA1-1), the normal reach out-of-range variation pattern (PA2-1), the super reach α out-of-range variation pattern (PA2-2), the super-reach α out-of-range variation pattern A predetermined random number value is assigned as a determination value in the range that the random number value MR3 for variation pattern determination can have for the variation pattern (PA2-3) with out-of-reach β.

As shown in FIG. 8-11(A), in the variation pattern determination table A for out-of-range (for one or less low base medium total pending storage number), when the setting value is “1”, the determination value of MR3 Of the range 1 to 997, 1 to 450 are assigned to the non-reach deviation variation pattern (PA1-1), and 451 to 700 are assigned to the normal reach deviation variation pattern (PA2-1), 701 to 900 are assigned to the variation pattern of out-of-range reach (PA2-2), and 901 to 997 are assigned to the variation pattern of out-of-reach β (PA2-3). When the set value is “2”, 1 to 430 out of the range 1 to 997 of the judgment value of MR3 are assigned to the non-reach deviation variation pattern (PA1-1), and 431 to 700. Are assigned to the normal reach outlier variation pattern (PA2-1), 701 to 900 are assigned to the super reach α outlier variation pattern (PA2-2), and 901 to 997 are assigned to the super reach β outlier variation pattern. (PA2-3). When the set value is “3”, 1 to 410 of the range of judgment values 1 to 997 of MR3 are assigned to the non-reach deviation variation pattern (PA1-1), and 411 to 700. Are assigned to the normal reach outlier variation pattern (PA2-1), 701 to 900 are assigned to the super reach α outlier variation pattern (PA2-2), and 901 to 997 are assigned to the super reach β outlier variation pattern. (PA2-3). Further, when the setting value is “4”, among the judgment value ranges 1 to 997 of MR3, 1 to 390 are assigned to the non-reach deviation variation pattern (PA1-1), and 391 to 700 are set. Are assigned to the normal reach outlier variation pattern (PA2-1), 701 to 900 are assigned to the super reach α outlier variation pattern (PA2-2), and 901 to 997 are assigned to the super reach β outlier variation pattern. (PA2-3). When the set value is “5”, out of the range of judgment values 1 to 997 of MR3, 1 to 370 are assigned to the non-reach deviation variation pattern (PA1-1), and 371 to 700 are set. Are assigned to the normal reach outlier variation pattern (PA2-1), 701 to 900 are assigned to the super reach α outlier variation pattern (PA2-2), and 901 to 997 are assigned to the super reach β outlier variation pattern. (PA2-3). When the set value is “6”, out of the range of judgment values 1 to 997 of MR3, 1 to 350 are assigned to the non-reach deviation variation pattern (PA1-1), and 351 to 700 are set. Are assigned to the normal reach outlier variation pattern (PA2-1), 701 to 900 are assigned to the super reach α outlier variation pattern (PA2-2), and 901 to 997 are assigned to the super reach β outlier variation pattern. (PA2-3).

Further, in the fluctuation pattern determination table B for deviation, the shortened non-reach deviation fluctuation pattern (PA1-2), the normal reach deviation fluctuation pattern (PA2-1), and the super-correspondence corresponding to the total pending storage numbers of 2 to 4 are shown. A predetermined random number value is assigned as a determination value to the variation pattern of out-of-reach α (PA2-2) and the variation pattern of out-of-reach β (PA2-3) within the range that random number value MR3 for variation pattern determination can take. Has been.

As shown in FIG. 8-11(B), in the out-of-range variation pattern determination table B (for the number of low-base medium total pending storage numbers 2 to 4), when the setting value is “1”, the determination value of MR3 In the range 1 to 997, 1 to 500 are assigned to the non-reach deviation variation pattern (PA1-2), and 501 to 700 are assigned to the normal reach deviation variation pattern (PA2-1). , 701 to 900 are assigned to the variation pattern of super-reach α deviation (PA2-2), and 901 to 997 are assigned to the variation pattern of super-reach β (PA2-3). Further, when the set value is “2”, 1 to 480 of the judgment value range 1 to 997 of MR3 are assigned to the non-reach deviation variation pattern (PA1-2), and 481 to 700. Are assigned to the normal reach outlier variation pattern (PA2-1), 701 to 900 are assigned to the super reach α outlier variation pattern (PA2-2), and 901 to 997 are assigned to the super reach β outlier variation pattern. (PA2-3). Further, when the set value is “3”, 1 to 460 of the judgment value range 0 to 997 of MR3 are assigned to the non-reach deviation variation pattern (PA1-2), and 461 to 700. Are assigned to the normal reach outlier variation pattern (PA2-1), 701 to 900 are assigned to the super reach α outlier variation pattern (PA2-2), and 901 to 997 are assigned to the super reach β outlier variation pattern. (PA2-3). Further, when the setting value is “4”, 1 to 440 of the judgment value range 1 to 997 of MR3 are assigned to the non-reach deviation variation pattern (PA1-2), and 441 to 700. Are assigned to the normal reach outlier variation pattern (PA2-1), 701 to 900 are assigned to the super reach α outlier variation pattern (PA2-2), and 901 to 997 are assigned to the super reach β outlier variation pattern. (PA2-3). When the set value is “5”, out of the range of judgment values 1 to 997 of MR3, 1 to 420 are assigned to the non-reach deviation variation pattern (PA1-2), and 421 to 700. Are assigned to the normal reach outlier variation pattern (PA2-1), 701 to 900 are assigned to the super reach α outlier variation pattern (PA2-2), and 901 to 997 are assigned to the super reach β outlier variation pattern. (PA2-3). Further, when the setting value is “6”, 1 to 400 of the judgment value range 1 to 997 of MR3 are assigned to the non-reach deviation variation pattern (PA1-2), and 401 to 700. Are assigned to the normal reach outlier variation pattern (PA2-1), 701 to 900 are assigned to the super reach α outlier variation pattern (PA2-2), and 901 to 997 are assigned to the super reach β outlier variation pattern. (PA2-3).

Further, in the fluctuation pattern determination table C for deviation, the shortened non-reach deviation fluctuation pattern (PA1-3), the normal reach deviation fluctuation pattern (PA2-1), and the super-correspondence corresponding to the total pending storage number of 5 to 8 are stored. A predetermined random number value is assigned as a determination value to the variation pattern of out-of-reach α (PA2-2) and the variation pattern of out-of-reach β (PA2-3) within the range that random number value MR3 for variation pattern determination can take. Has been.

As shown in FIG. 8-11(C), in the variation pattern determination table C for outliers (for 5 or more low-base medium total pending storage numbers), when the setting value is “1”, the determination value of MR3 In the range 1 to 997, 1 to 550 are assigned to the non-reach deviation variation pattern (PA1-3), and 551 to 700 are assigned to the normal reach deviation variation pattern (PA2-1). 701 to 900 are assigned to the variation pattern of out-of-range reach (PA2-2), and 901 to 997 are assigned to the variation pattern of out-of-reach β (PA2-3). When the set value is "2", 1 to 530 of the range of judgment values 1 to 997 of MR3 are assigned to the non-reach deviation variation pattern (PA1-3), and 531 to 700. Are assigned to the normal reach outlier variation pattern (PA2-1), 701 to 900 are assigned to the super reach α outlier variation pattern (PA2-2), and 901 to 997 are assigned to the super reach β outlier variation pattern. (PA2-3). Further, when the set value is “3”, 1 to 510 of the judgment value range 1 to 997 of MR3 are assigned to the non-reach deviation variation pattern (PA1-3), and 511 to 700. Are assigned to the normal reach outlier variation pattern (PA2-1), 701 to 900 are assigned to the super reach α outlier variation pattern (PA2-2), and 901 to 997 are assigned to the super reach β outlier variation pattern. (PA2-3). When the set value is “4”, 1 to 490 out of the range 1 to 997 of the judgment value of MR3 are assigned to the non-reach deviation variation pattern (PA1-3), and 491 to 700. Are assigned to the normal reach outlier variation pattern (PA2-1), 701 to 900 are assigned to the super reach α outlier variation pattern (PA2-2), and 901 to 997 are assigned to the super reach β outlier variation pattern. (PA2-3). Further, when the setting value is “5”, 1 to 470 of the judgment value range 1 to 997 of MR3 are assigned to the non-reach deviation variation pattern (PA1-3), and 471 to 700 are set. Are assigned to the normal reach outlier variation pattern (PA2-1), 701 to 900 are assigned to the super reach α outlier variation pattern (PA2-2), and 901 to 997 are assigned to the super reach β outlier variation pattern. (PA2-3). Further, when the set value is “6”, 1 to 450 of the judgment value range 1 to 997 of MR3 are assigned to the non-reach deviation variation pattern (PA1-3), and 451 to 700 are set. Are assigned to the normal reach outlier variation pattern (PA2-1), 701 to 900 are assigned to the super reach α outlier variation pattern (PA2-2), and 901 to 997 are assigned to the super reach β outlier variation pattern. (PA2-3).

Further, in the outlier variation pattern determination table D, the shortened non-reach outlier variation pattern (PA1-4), the normal reach outlier variation pattern (PA2-1), and the super reach α outlier variation pattern corresponding to the time saving control. (PA2-2), a predetermined random number value is assigned as a determination value to the variation pattern (PA2-3) with a deviation of super reach β from the range that the random number value MR3 for variation pattern determination can take.

As shown in FIG. 8-11(D), in the variation pattern determination table D for out-of-range (for high base medium), when the setting value is “1”, among the determination value ranges 1 to 997 of MR3, 1 to 550 are assigned to the non-reach deviation variation pattern (PA1-4), 551 to 700 are assigned to the normal reach deviation variation pattern (PA2-1), and 701 to 900 are super reach. α is assigned to the deviation variation pattern (PA2-2), and super-reach β is assigned to the deviation variation pattern (PA2-3). When the set value is “2”, 1 to 530 of the range of judgment values 1 to 997 of MR3 are assigned to the non-reach deviation variation patterns (PA1-4), and 531 to 700 are set. Are assigned to the normal reach outlier variation pattern (PA2-1), 701 to 900 are assigned to the super reach α outlier variation pattern (PA2-2), and 901 to 997 are assigned to the super reach β outlier variation pattern. (PA2-3). Further, when the set value is “3”, 1 to 510 are assigned to the non-reach deviation variation pattern (PA1-4) out of the range of MR3 determination values 1 to 997, and 511 to 700 are set. Are assigned to the normal reach outlier variation pattern (PA2-1), 701 to 900 are assigned to the super reach α outlier variation pattern (PA2-2), and 901 to 997 are assigned to the super reach β outlier variation pattern. (PA2-3). Further, when the setting value is “4”, 1 to 490 out of the range of judgment values 1 to 997 of MR3 are assigned to the non-reach deviation variation pattern (PA1-4), and 491 to 700 are set. Are assigned to the normal reach outlier variation pattern (PA2-1), 701 to 900 are assigned to the super reach α outlier variation pattern (PA2-2), and 901 to 997 are assigned to the super reach β outlier variation pattern. (PA2-3). When the setting value is "5", 1 to 470 of the range of judgment values 1 to 997 of MR3 are assigned to the non-reach deviation variation pattern (PA1-4), and 471 to 700. Are assigned to the normal reach outlier variation pattern (PA2-1), 701 to 900 are assigned to the super reach α outlier variation pattern (PA2-2), and 901 to 997 are assigned to the super reach β outlier variation pattern. (PA2-3). When the set value is “6”, 1 to 450 of the judgment value range 1 to 997 of MR3 is assigned to the non-reach deviation variation pattern (PA1-4), and 451 to 700. Are assigned to the normal reach outlier variation pattern (PA2-1), 701 to 900 are assigned to the super reach α outlier variation pattern (PA2-2), and 901 to 997 are assigned to the super reach β outlier variation pattern. (PA2-3).

As described above, when the out-of-range variation pattern determination tables A to D are used, the rate of determining the non-reach variation pattern or the normal reach variation pattern is higher than the rate of determining the super reach variation pattern, and the rate of determining the normal reach variation pattern. Are set to decrease in the order of set values 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1. Further, when the deviation variation pattern determination tables A to D are used, regardless of the variation pattern determination table, 701 to 900 of the determination values are variation patterns of super-reach α deviation, and 901 to 997 are of super-reach β variation. When each variable pattern is assigned, that is, when the variable display result is out of range, the super-reach variation pattern is determined by a common determination rate regardless of the set value. It is possible to prevent the production effect from being deteriorated due to the variable display being not performed.

In addition, in the characteristic portion 103SG of the present embodiment, the determination rate of the variation pattern of super-reach α deviation and the determination rate of the variation pattern of super-reach β deviation are completely the same as the variation patterns for deviation between the set values. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the determination rate of the variation pattern of these super-reach α deviations and the determination rate of the variation pattern of super-reach β deviations are between the set values. May differ by a slight difference (for example, about 1%).

In the characteristic portion 103SG of the present embodiment, when the variable display result is out of alignment, the determination ratio of the variation pattern of the super reach is the same regardless of the set value that is set, but is exemplified. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and when the variable display result is out of alignment, the determination rate of all the variation patterns of non-reach, normal reach, and super reach is the same regardless of the set value that is set. Alternatively, only the determination rate of the variation pattern of either non-reach or normal reach may be the same.

Further, in the characteristic part 103SG of the present embodiment, when the variable display result is out of alignment, regardless of the set value being set, the determination rate of the variation pattern of out-of-reach α and the variation pattern of out-of-reach β are detected. Although the example in which both of the determination ratios are the same regardless of the set values is illustrated, the present invention is not limited to this, and when the variable display result is a margin, the super reach α The determination rate of only the deviation variation pattern and the determination rate of the super reach β may be the same regardless of the set value.

Further, in the characteristic portion 103SG of the present embodiment, when the variable display result is out of alignment, regardless of the set value that is set, the determination rate of the variation pattern of out of super reach α and the variation pattern of out of reach of β are reached. Although the example in which both of the determination rates are the same regardless of the set values is illustrated, the present invention is not limited to this, and is set even when the variable display result is a big hit. Regardless of the set value that is set, the determination rate of the variation pattern of the super reach jackpot may be the same regardless of the set value that is set.

In the characteristic part 103SG of the present embodiment, when the variable display result is out of alignment, the determination ratio of the non-reach or normal reach variation pattern is different depending on the set value that has been set. Depending on the set value that has been set, one or more undetermined fluctuation patterns may be present among the non-reach fluctuation pattern and the normal reach fluctuation pattern. That is, if the determination rate of the variation pattern differs depending on the set value, one of the variation patterns is not determined (the determination rate is 0%), or the specific variation pattern is 100%. It is also included to determine by the ratio of.

It should be noted that the fluctuation time of the non-reach deviation pattern (PA1-2) is shorter than that of the non-reach deviation fluctuation pattern (PA1-1) without shortening, and the non-reach fluctuation pattern (PA1-2) is lower than the fluctuation pattern (PA1-2). The fluctuation pattern (PA1-3) of the outlier has a shorter fluctuation time (see FIG. 8-6). Therefore, when the number of pending storages increases, the non-reach variation pattern with a short variation time is determined, and the pending storages are easily digested, and the number of pending storages reaches the upper limit number of 4. If the number of reserved memories is reduced, it is possible to avoid unnecessary starting prizes that are not retained by making a winning start when the number of retained memories is reduced. By determining the pattern (PA1-1), the variable display time is lengthened, and it is possible to prevent a decrease in the interest of the game due to the variable display not being executed.

Further, in the characteristic unit 103SG of the present embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 8-11(A) to 8-11(C), fluctuations are made using the fluctuation pattern determination table for deviation which differs according to the number of total pending storages. Although the mode for deciding the pattern is illustrated, the present invention is not limited to this, and the number of pending storage in the special symbol to be changed (for example, when performing variable display of the first special symbol is the first The number of special symbols pending storage, when performing the variable display of the second special symbol) the variation pattern may be determined by using a different variation pattern determination table for deviation according to the number of pending storage numbers of the second special symbols.

Further, in each deviation pattern determination table of the characteristic portion 103SG of the present embodiment, even if the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is any value of 1 to 6, the fluctuation of the super reach deviation The ranges of the random number values assigned to the patterns (PA2-2 and PA2-3) are the same. However, since the jackpot probability and the out-of-range probability differ depending on the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1, the ratio in which the variable display is actually executed in the variation pattern of the out-of-reach (over-reach The appearance rate of the fluctuation pattern) differs depending on the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1. In the characteristic part 103SG of the present embodiment, a variable display is executed in a variation pattern of out-of-reach depending on the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1, but the ratio is different. However, the present invention is not limited to this, the variable display deviates at the same ratio regardless of the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 in consideration of the jackpot probability and the outlier probability for each set value. It is also possible to execute the change pattern.

Further, in the characteristic part 103SG of the present embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 8-10 and 8-11, a variation pattern is determined at a different ratio for each set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1. Although illustrated, the present invention is not limited to this, and the variation pattern may be determined at the same rate regardless of the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1.

Further, although the characteristic unit 103SG of the present embodiment exemplifies a form in which the reach effect is executed for each determined variation pattern and which reach effect is to be executed in a one-to-one correspondence. However, the present invention is not limited to this, whether or not the effect control CPU 120 executes the reach effect based on the special pattern change time of the change pattern, the variable display result, and the like, and which reach effect is executed. You may decide by lottery whether to do it.

The RAM 102 included in the game control microcomputer 100 shown in FIG. 8-1 may be a backup RAM that is partially or wholly backed up by a backup power supply created on a predetermined power supply board. That is, even if the power supply to the pachinko gaming machine 1 is stopped, part or all of the contents of the RAM 102 are saved for a predetermined period (until the capacitor as the backup power supply is discharged and the backup power supply cannot supply power). It In particular, at least data corresponding to the game state, that is, the control state of the game control means (such as a special figure process flag) and the data indicating the number of unpaid prize balls may be stored in the backup RAM. The data according to the control state of the game control means is data necessary for restoring the control state before the occurrence of a power failure or the like based on the data when the power is restored after the power failure or the like. Further, data according to the control state and data indicating the number of unpaid prize balls are defined as data indicating the progress state of the game.

Next, the display of the display monitor 103SG029 on the characteristic unit 103SG of the present embodiment will be described.

As shown in FIG. 8-12A, the display monitor 103SG029 includes a first display unit 103SG029A, a second display unit 103SG029B, a third display unit 103SG029C, and a fourth display unit 103SG029D. Each of the first display unit 103SG029A to the fifth display unit 103SG29E is composed of 7 segments configured by 7 segments that draw a letter "8" and dots arranged on the lower right side of the 7 segments. The first display unit 103SG029A to the fifth display unit 103SG29E can be turned on and blinked in various colors, for example, red, blue, green, yellow, white and the like. It is also possible to display these colors in different colors or so-called rainbows while changing these colors in an extremely short cycle.

The display control of the display monitor 103SG029 in the characteristic part 103SG of the present embodiment is executed by using the non-test area in the entire area of the ROM 101 or the RAM 102 during the test of the pachinko gaming machine 1. ..

On the display monitor 103SG029, as shown in FIG. 8-12(B) and FIG. 8-12(C), the base value calculated in the normal state (low accurate low base state) for every out 6000 balls in the full game state. Base L that is (real-time value during measurement), base 1 that is the base value calculated in the normal state (low accurate low base state) for each first out 6000 balls in all game states, and in all game states Base 2 which is the base value calculated in the normal state (low accuracy low base state) for every 2nd out 6000 balls, and the normal state for every 3rd out 6000 balls (low accuracy low base state) in all game states It is possible to display the base value 3 which is the base value calculated in. The base L, the base 1, the base 2, and the base 3 are displayed on the display monitor 103SG029 in percentage.

When the base L is actually displayed on the display monitor 103SG029, “b” is displayed on the first display unit 103SG029A and “L.” is displayed on the second display unit 103SG029B in order to display “bL.” which is an abbreviation for the base L. Is displayed, and the upper two digits (values of “00” to “99”) of the calculated value are displayed on the third display unit 103SG029C and the fourth display unit 103SG029D. When the base 1 is displayed on the display monitor 103SG029, “b” is displayed on the first display unit 103SG029A and “1.” is displayed on the second display unit 103SG029B in order to display the abbreviation “b1.” of the base. Is displayed, and the upper two digits (values “00” to “99”) of the calculated value are displayed on the third display unit 103SG029C and the fourth display unit 103SG029D. When displaying the base 2 on the display monitor 103SG029, “b” is displayed on the first display unit 103SG029A and “2.” is displayed on the second display unit 103SG029B in order to display the abbreviation “b2.” of the base. Is displayed, and the upper two digits (values “00” to “99”) of the calculated value are displayed on the third display unit 103SG029C and the fourth display unit 103SG029D. When the base 3 is displayed on the display monitor 103SG029, “b” is displayed on the first display unit 103SG029A and “3.” is displayed on the second display unit 103SG029B in order to display the abbreviation “b3.” of the base. Is displayed, and the upper two digits (values “00” to “99”) of the calculated value are displayed on the third display unit 103SG029C and the fourth display unit 103SG029D.

In the display monitor 103SG029 of the present embodiment, control of sequentially displaying the base L, the base 1, the base 2, and the base 3 is executed by the control of the main board 11 (CPU 103). For example, the main board 11 executes control to switch the display of the display monitor 103SG029 in 5 second intervals in the order of base L→base 1→base 2→base 3. The display of each base value on the display monitor 103SG029 is different in display color according to the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1. Specifically, when the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is “1”, each base value on the display monitor 103SG029 is displayed in white, and the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is When the value is “2”, each base value on the display monitor 103SG029 is displayed in blue, and when the setting value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is “3”, each base value on the display monitor 103SG029 is yellow. When the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is “4”, each base value on the display monitor 103SG029 is displayed in green, and the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is “ When it is "5", each base value on the display monitor 103SG029 is displayed in red, and when the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is "6", each base value on the display monitor 103SG029 is displayed in purple. indicate. Therefore, a clerk or the like in the game arcade can specify the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 only by checking the display color of the display monitor 103SG029, without the CPU 103 performing the set value changing process described later. ing.

Next, the game control main processing in the characteristic unit 103SG of the present embodiment will be described. FIG. 8-13 is a flowchart showing the game control main processing executed by the CPU 103. In the game control main process, the CPU 103 first sets an interrupt prohibition (103SGSa001). Then, necessary initial setting is performed (103SGSa002). The initial setting includes setting of a stack pointer, register setting of a built-in device (CTC (counter/timer circuit), parallel input/output port, etc.), setting for making the RAM 102 accessible.

Next, the CPU 103 determines whether backup data is stored in the RAM 102 (107SGSa003) or whether the RAM 102 (backup RAM) is normal (107SGSa004). If the backup data is not stored (103SGSa003; N) or the RAM 102 is not normal (103SGSa004; N), the process proceeds to 103SGSa017, and the backup data is stored and the RAM 102 is normal (103SGSa003; Y, 103SGSa004; Y) further determines whether the set value stored in the RAM 102 is any of 1 to 6, that is, whether or not the set value of a normal value is stored in the RAM 102 (103SGSa005).

When the set value stored in the RAM 102 is not any of 1 to 6 (103SGSa005; N), the process proceeds to 103SGSa017, and when the set value stored in the RAM 102 is any of 1 to 6 (103SGSa005; N). Y) indicates whether or not the setting value changing flag indicating that the setting value changing process to be described later was being executed before the power failure (power failure occurred during execution of the setting value changing process). It is determined whether or not (103SGSa006). When the setting value changing flag is set (103SGSa006; Y), the process proceeds to 103SGSa017, and when the setting value changing flag is not set, the RAM clear flag indicating that the RAM clearing process described later is executed. If it is set, the RAM clear flag is cleared (103SGSa007), and it is determined whether or not the clear switch is ON, that is, whether or not the pachinko gaming machine 1 is activated while the clear switch is being operated. (103SGSa008).

If the clear switch is ON (103SGSa008; Y), the RAM clear flag is set and the process proceeds to 103SGSa011 (103SGSa010). If the clear switch is OFF (103SGSa008; N), 103SGSa010 is not executed and 103SGSa011 is set. move on.

In 103SGSa011, the CPU 103 determines whether the lock switch 103SG051 is ON (103SGSa011). When the lock switch 103SG051 is ON (103SGSa011; Y), it is further determined whether or not the open sensor 103SG090 is ON (103SGSa012). When the open sensor 103SG090 is ON, that is, when the pachinko gaming machine 1 is activated with the lock switch 103SG051 ON and the gaming machine frame 103SG003 opened (103SGSa012; Y), the RAM clear flag is set. It is determined whether or not (103SGSa013a).

When the RAM clear flag is set (103SGSa013a; Y), the set value changing process (103SGSa013b) for changing the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is executed, and the process proceeds to 103SGSa013d to proceed to the RAM clear flag. If is not set (103SGSa013a; N), a set value confirmation process (103SGSa013c) for confirming the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is executed, and the process proceeds to 103SGSa013d.

In the setting value change process (103SGSa013b), the CPU 103 first displays the setting value currently set on the display monitor 103SG029. Next, each time the setting change switch 103SG052 is operated, the setting monitor on the display monitor 103SG029 is updated and displayed. Then, based on the lock switch 103SG051 being turned off, the setting value displayed on the display monitor 103SG029 is updated and stored in the RAM 102, and the setting value that is newly updated and stored in the RAM 102 can be specified. The command is output to the CPU 120 for effect control.

In the set value confirmation process (103SGSa013c), the CPU 103 displays the set value currently set on the display monitor 103SG029. Then, the display of the set value on the display monitor 103SG029 may be terminated based on that the lock switch 103SG051 is turned off.

If the lock switch 103SG051 is OFF (103SGSa011; N) or the open sensor is OFF (103SGSa012; N) in 103SGSa011, the process proceeds to 103SGSa013d without executing the processes of 103SGSa013a to 103SGSa013c.

In 103SGSa013d, the CPU 103 determines whether or not the RAM clear flag is set, that is, whether or not to clear the RAM 102 when the pachinko gaming machine 1 is activated this time (whether to execute the RAM clear processing (103SGSa009)) ( 103SGSa013d). When the RAM clear flag is set (103SGSa013d; Y), the RAM clear process (103SGSa013e) is executed and then the process proceeds to 103SGSa014, and when the RAM clear flag is not set (103SGSa013d; N), the RAM clear process (103SGSa013e). To 103SGSa014 without executing.

In the RAM clear process (103SGSa013e), the CPU 103 executes a process of setting "00H" to all addresses except the address where the set value is stored and the address where the RAM clear flag is stored (set). .. That is, in the characteristic unit 103SG of the present embodiment, as shown in 103SGSa001 to 103SGSa013e and 103SGSa017 to 103SGSa021 which will be described later, when the RAM 102 has no abnormality, the address where the setting value is stored and the RAM clear flag are stored. The contents of all addresses except for the dresses are cleared.

In 103SGSa014, the CPU 103 determines again whether or not the RAM clear flag is set (103SGSa014). When the RAM clear flag is set (103SGSa014; Y), the process proceeds to 103SGSa022, and when the RAM clear flag is not set (103SGSa014; N), the power supply to the internal state of the main board 11 is stopped (power cut). Recovery processing for returning to the state of (3) SGSa015 is performed.

In the restoration process, the CPU 103 sets the work area based on the stored contents of the RAM 102 (contents of backed up data). As a result, the game state is restored when the power supply is stopped, and if the special symbol is changing, the variation of the special symbol is restarted from the state before the restoration by executing the game control timer interrupt process described later. Will be. Then, the CPU 103 determines that the pachinko gaming machine 1 has recovered (started by hot start) in the state before the power failure, and transmits a command at the time of recovery including a hot start notification command to the effect control board 12, and proceeds to 103SGSa028. (103SGSa016).

In 103SGSa017, the CPU 103 determines whether or not the clear switch is ON, that is, whether or not the pachinko gaming machine 1 is activated while the clear switch is operated (103SGSa017). When the clear switch is ON (103SGSa017; Y), it is further determined whether the lock switch 103SG051 is ON (103SGSa018) or the open sensor 103SG090 is ON (103SGSa019).

When the lock switch 103SG051 is ON (103SGSa018; Y) and the open sensor 103SG090 is ON, that is, there is no backup data in the RAM 102, the RAM 102 is not normal, or a normal setting value is not set. However, when the pachinko gaming machine 1 is activated by a formal procedure by the operation of an employee of the game hall (the gaming machine frame 103SG003 is opened, the lock switch 103SG051 is turned on, and the pachinko gaming is operated while the clear switch is operated. When the machine 1 is started), the set value stored in the RAM 102 is cleared (103SGSa020), and if the set value changing flag is set, the set value changing flag is cleared (103SGSa021). Then, the processes of 103SGSa009 to 103SGSa016 described above are executed.

When the clear switch is OFF (103SGSa017; N), the lock switch 103SG051 is OFF (103SGSa018; N), and the open sensor 103SG090 is OFF (103SGSa019; N), the process proceeds to 103SGSa031.

Further, in 2078SGSa022, the CPU 103 transmits a command at the time of restoration including a cold start notification command to the effect control board 12, assuming that the pachinko gaming machine 1 is started by cold start (103SGSa022). Then, the cold start notification timer corresponding to the period for notifying the cold start of the pachinko gaming machine 1 is set (103SGSa023), and the notification of the cold start is started by starting the blinking of all the segments composing the display monitor 103SG029. (103SGSa024).

After the execution of 103SGSa024, the CPU 103 decrements the value of the cold start notification timer by -1 (103SGSa025), and determines whether or not the cold start notification timer has timed out (103SGSa026). If the cold start notification timer has not timed out (103SGSa026; N), the processes of 103SGSa025 and 103SGSaa026 are repeatedly executed, and if the cold start notification timer has timed out (103SGSa026; Y), all segments in the display monitor 103SG029. Ends blinking (103SGSa027), and proceeds to 103SGSa028.

In addition, in the characteristic part 103SG of the present embodiment, an example is shown in which all the segments forming the display monitor 103SG029 are blinked over the period (for example, 5 seconds) of the cold start notification timer at the time of calling and starting the pachinko gaming machine 1. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and at the time of calling and starting the pachinko gaming machine 1, only some of the segments constituting the display monitor 103SG029 may blink. Alternatively, at least some of the segments forming the display monitor 103SG029 may be turned on.

Then, in 103SGSa028, the CPU 103 executes a random number circuit setting process (103SGSa028) for initializing the random number circuit 104, and causes the game control microcomputer 100 to periodically take a timer interrupt every predetermined time (for example, 2 ms). The built-in CTC register is set (103SGSa029), and interrupts are enabled (103SGSa030). Then, the loop processing is started. After that, an interrupt request signal is sent from the CTC to the CPU 103 every predetermined time (for example, 2 ms), and the CPU 103 can periodically execute timer interrupt processing.

Further, in 103SGSa031, the CPU 103 informs the effect control board 12 based on the fact that an abnormal set value is stored in the RAM 102 (set value abnormal error), the power is restored from a power failure during setting change described later, and the like. And transmits an error designation command corresponding to the abnormal setting value (103SGSa031). Further, the error notification execution waiting timer is set (103SGSa032). Then, the CPU 103 decrements the value of the error notification execution waiting timer by -1 (103SGSa033), and determines whether or not the error notification execution waiting timer has timed out (103SGSa034). If the error notification execution waiting timer has not timed out (103SGSa034; N), the processes of 103SGSa033 and 103SGSa034 are repeatedly executed, and if the error notification execution waiting timer has timed out (103SGSa034; Y), a set value error As a notification (error notification) of occurrence of power failure and recovery from power failure during setting change, first display unit 103SG029A, second display unit 103SG029B, third display unit 103SG029C, fourth display unit 103SG029D included in display monitor 103SG029. "E." is displayed in each of the three (103SGSa035).

In addition, the CPU 103 blinks all the LEDs that make up the first special symbol display device 103SG004A and the second special symbol display device 103SG004B (103SGSa036), and via a terminal board (not shown) provided in the pachinko gaming machine 1. A security signal is output to a management device such as a management computer in the field, and the process proceeds to 103SGSa032 (103SGSa037). After that, the CPU 103 repeatedly executes the processing of 103SGSa032 to 103SGSa037 until the pachinko gaming machine 1 is cut off (until the power of the pachinko gaming machine 1 is turned off by the operation of the clerk of the game hall, etc.), and thereby the display monitor 103SG029. , The first special symbol display device 103SG004A, the second special symbol display device 103SG004B error occurrence notification is executed.

In this way, the pachinko gaming machine 1 in the characteristic portion 103SG of the present embodiment displays the display monitor 103SG029, the first when the abnormal set value is set or the power is restored during the change of the set value. Since the special symbol display device 103SG004A and the second special symbol display device 103SG004B are used to notify the occurrence of an error, the clerk at the amusement hall, etc. generates an error from both the front side and the back side of the pachinko gaming machine 1 and sets the set value. It is possible to recognize that the power was cut off during the change. In addition, since the occurrence of an error in the pachinko gaming machine 1 and the recovery from the power interruption during the change of the set value can be recognized by the gaming machine management device, the security of the pachinko gaming machine 1 can be improved. Has become.

Incidentally, in the game control main processing of the characteristic portion 103SG of the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 8-13, when it is determined that the clear switch is ON in 103SGSa008 (103SGSa008; Y) or 103SGSa021 is changing the set value. Although the mode in which the RAM clear processing (103SGSa009) is executed after the flag is cleared is illustrated, the present invention is not limited to this, and the present invention is not limited to this, and the RAM clear processing is performed. Determines that the RAM clear flag is set in 103SGSa014 (103SGSa014), not when the clear switch is determined to be ON in 103SGSa008 (103SGSa008; Y) or not after the setting value changing flag is cleared in 103SGSa021 (103SGSa014 ; Y) may be performed.

8-14 is a flowchart showing the variable display start setting process (S171) in the effect control process process shown in FIG. 7. In the variable display start setting process, the effect control CPU 120 first determines whether or not the first variation start command reception flag is set (103SGS271). If the first variation start command reception flag is set (103SGS271; Y), it corresponds to the buffer numbers "1-0" to "1-4" of the first special figure reserved storage in the start winning award reception command buffer 103SG194A. The various command data and various flags that are stored together are shifted upward by one buffer number (103SGS272). Note that the contents of the buffer number "1-0" cannot be shifted because there is no destination to shift, so they are erased.

Specifically, various command data and various flags stored in association with the buffer number “1-1” of the first special figure reservation storage are shifted so as to be stored in association with the buffer number “1-0”. Then, various command data and various flags stored in association with the buffer number “1-2” of the first special figure reservation storage are shifted to be stored in association with the buffer number “1-1”, 1 special figure shifts so that various command data and various flags stored in association with the buffer number “1-3” of reserved storage are stored in association with buffer number “1-2”, and the first special figure Various command data and various flags stored in association with the buffer number “1-4” of the reserved storage are shifted so as to be associated with the buffer number “1-3” and stored.

When the first fluctuation start command reception flag is not set in 103SGS271 (103SGS271; N), it is determined whether or not the second fluctuation start command reception flag is set (103SGS273). If the second fluctuation start command reception flag is not set (103SGS273; N), the variable display start setting process is ended, and if the second fluctuation start command reception flag is set (103SGS273; Y), start. One buffer number for each command data and various flags stored in association with the buffer numbers “2-0” to “2-4” of the second special figure reservation storage in the winning command reception command buffer (not shown) It shifts higher by minutes (103SGS274). The contents of the buffer number “2-0” cannot be shifted because there is no destination to shift, so the contents are erased.

Specifically, various command data and various flags stored in association with the buffer number “2-1” of the second special figure reservation storage are shifted so as to be stored in association with the buffer number “2-0”. Then, various command data and various flags stored in association with the buffer number “2-2” of the second special figure reservation storage are shifted to be stored in association with the buffer number “2-1”. 2 Various special command data and various flags stored in association with the buffer number “2-3” of the special storage are shifted so as to be stored in association with the buffer number “2-2”. Various command data and various flags stored in association with the buffer number “2-4” of the reserved storage are shifted so as to be associated with the buffer number “2-3” and stored.

After executing 103SGS272 or 103SGS274, the effect control CPU 120 reads the variation pattern designation command from the variation pattern designation command storage area (103SGS275).

Then, the display result of the decorative design (stop design) is determined according to the data stored in the display result designation command storage area (that is, the received display result designation command) (103SGS276). In this case, the CPU 120 for effect control determines the stop design of the decorative design according to the display result designated by the display result designating command, and stores the data indicating the determined stop design of the decorative design in the decorative design display result storage area. To do.

In the characteristic unit 103SG, when the received variable display result designation command is the second variable display result designation command corresponding to the non-probable variation big hit A, the effect control CPU 120, for example, has three symbols as a stop symbol. Decide the combination of decorative patterns (big hit pattern) that are aligned in the design. In the case where the received variable display result designation command is the third variable display result designation command corresponding to the probability variation big hit B, as a stop symbol, a plurality of combinations of odd symbols other than “7” (for example, “111”, A combination of decorative patterns such as “333”, “555”, and “999”). Further, when the received variable display result designation command is the fourth variable display result designation command corresponding to the probability variation big hit C, the combination of the decorative symbols (big hit symbol) in which the three symbols are “7” as the stop symbol is arranged. decide. Further, when the received variable display result designation command is the fifth variable display result designation command corresponding to the probability variation big hit C, as a stop symbol, "334" and "778", which are the same chances as the small hit, are displayed. Determine from inside. Further, when the received variable display result designation command is the fifth variable display result designation command corresponding to the small hit, as a stop symbol, "334" and "778" which are the same chances as the probability variation big hit C Determine from inside. When the received variable display result designating command is the first variable display result designating command corresponding to the outlier, it is a decorative design in which the three designs are not uniform as the stop design, and the combination other than the above-mentioned chance Determine (outlier pattern).

In the determination of these stop symbols, the effect control CPU 120 extracts, for example, a random number for determining the stop symbols, and uses a stop symbol determination table in which data indicating a combination of decorative symbols and numerical values are associated with each other. Then, the stop design of the decorative design may be determined. That is, the stop design may be determined by selecting the data indicating the combination of the decorative designs corresponding to the numerical values that match the extracted random numbers.

Next, the effect control CPU 120 executes the variable display effect effect determination process shown in FIG. 8-15 to determine whether or not to execute the variable display effect effect in the variable display (103SGS277).

(Direction during variable display)
The effect during variable display is, as an effect result, an advantageous state suggestion result that is a suggestion that the jackpot gaming state is controlled, and a setting suggestion result that is a suggestion about the setting of the setting value performed by the CPU 103 in the setting value changing process. It is an effect (predetermined effect) that can be any of the above. In the feature unit 103SG, the effect control CPU 120 can execute a reach notice (notice effect) that suggests that the variable display mode may reach and become a big hit as an effect in which the effect result is an advantageous state suggestion result. is there. Further, as the effect in which the effect result is the setting suggestion result, setting suggestion that suggests which of the set values is 1 to 6 can be executed. Further, the effect control CPU 120 executes the variable display effect in which the effect result can be either the advantageous state suggestion result or the setting suggestion result, that is, both the reach notice and the setting suggestion can be executed. When it is possible, the reach announcement in which the effect result is the advantageous state suggestion result can be executed with priority over the setting suggestion in which the effect result is the set suggestion result.

As shown in FIG. 8-16, the effect during variable display has a plurality of types of effect patterns (effect modes) of patterns PT-1 to PT-9, and the effect control CPU 120 causes the effect during variable display. When execution is determined, which one of the patterns PT-1 to PT-9 is used to execute the variable display effect, that is, which one of the patterns PT-1 to PT-9 is used. Whether to execute the variable display effect based on is determined by a lottery.

As shown in FIGS. 8-18(A) to (C), the variable display effect is started at a timing (a timing before the variable display mode reaches reach) when a predetermined period has elapsed since the variable display of the symbols was started. Then, a plurality of (e.g., eight) images Z1 showing the paraglider on which the passenger rides fades in from the left side of the display area of the image display device 5 and moves toward the right side of the display area. The fade-out to the right side of the display area ends the variable display effect. Further, an image Z2 may be displayed which indicates that a predetermined number of gliders break and fall while the plurality of images Z1 are moving to the right side. Or reach is suggested.

Specifically, in the case of the pattern PT-1, one body is destroyed and dropped, in the case of the pattern PT-2, two bodies are destroyed and dropped, and in the case of the pattern PT-3, three bodies are destroyed. In the case of pattern PT-4, 4 bodies are destroyed and dropped, in the case of pattern PT-5, 5 bodies are destroyed and dropped, and in the case of pattern PT-6, 6 bodies are destroyed and dropped. In the case of the pattern PT-7, 7 bodies are destroyed and dropped, and in the case of the patterns PT-8 and PT-9, 8 bodies are destroyed and dropped.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 8-18(B) and 8-19(A), in the patterns PT-1 to PT-8, the timings at which the paraglider is destroyed are all the same, and the patterns PT-1 to PT-1 to PT-1 to PT-8 are the same. Paragliders of the number corresponding to PT-8 are destroyed all at once (or a predetermined number of paragliders may be destroyed). On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 8-19(B), the pattern PT-9 is a pattern in which a total of eight paragliders fall like the pattern PT-8, but the mode in which the paraglider is destroyed is the pattern PT-. Different from 8. Specifically, the seven paragliders are destroyed at the same timing as the pattern PT-7, but the remaining one is destroyed at the second timing after the first timing when the other seven are destroyed. ..

Based on which of the patterns PT-1 to PT-9, the effect period of the variable display effect is executed, that is, the reach announcement or effect result in which the effect result is the advantageous state suggestion result is the suggestion result. Regardless of which setting suggests that it becomes, a common mode effect (for example, an effect in which the image Z1 fades in from the left side of the display area of the image display device 5 and moves toward the right side of the display area). Of the common effect period in which the effect is executed, and whether the effect result is the advantageous state suggestion result or the setting suggestion result can be specified in a non-common mode (for example, the number of images Z2 corresponding to the effect pattern is the image display device). 5, a non-common effect period during which an effect of moving downward in the display area 5) is executed.

Incidentally, in the background where the images Z1 and Z2 are displayed as the effects during the variable display, the decorative design is variably displayed in the decorative design display areas 5L, 5C, and 5R, but the decorative design is displayed smaller than usual. The small symbol may be variably displayed at a predetermined location. Further, during the execution period of the variable display effect, another notice effect different from the variable display effect may be executed.

As shown in FIG. 8-16, among the patterns PT-1 to PT-9, the set value is 1 for the patterns PT-1 to PT-7 in which the number of paragliders destroyed is 1 to 7. The patterns PT-8 and PT-9 in which the number of paragliders to be destroyed is eight are defined as a specific pattern (specific mode) corresponding to the setting suggestion that suggests which one of the above to be set. It is a special pattern (special mode) corresponding to a reach announcement that indicates the possibility of reaching. In other words, the production during variable display has the same production mode in the common production period, but the suggestion target varies depending on the difference in the production mode in the non-common production period (the number of paragliders destroyed), and 1 to 7 paragliders. If it is destroyed, it will be a setting suggestion, and if 8 are destroyed, it will be a reach announcement.

Specifically, the patterns PT-1 and PT-3 suggest that the set values may be odd numbers (for example, 1, 3, 5), and the patterns PT-2 and PT-4 have even set values. (E.g., 2, 4, 6), the pattern PT-5 suggests that the set value may be equal to or greater than the intermediate setting closer to the odd number (e.g., 3 or 5), and the pattern PT- 6 indicates that the set value may be equal to or higher than the intermediate setting closer to the even number (for example, 4 or 6), and pattern PT-7 suggests that the set value may be the highest setting (for example, 6). ..

Then, for the patterns PT-1 to PT-4, if the set value is any of 1 to 4 (low setting), the pattern PT-1 to PT-4 is determined at a high rate, and thus any of the set values 5 and 6 (high setting). It is set as the first specific pattern {setting suggestion (low), first specific mode} with a low expectation of being such that the set value is either 5 or 6 for patterns PT-5 to PT-6. In this case, the second specific pattern {setting suggestion (high), second specific mode} having a high degree of expectation that the setting values are 5 and 6 is determined by a high ratio.

In the characteristic part 103SG, the setting values 1 to 4 will be described as low settings, and the setting values 5 and 6 will be described as high settings. However, the setting values 1 to 3 may be low settings and the setting values 4 to 6 may be high settings. The setting values 1 and 2 may be set low, the setting values 3 and 4 may be set intermediately, and the setting values 5 and 6 may be set high to set the execution ratio of the effect pattern.

On the other hand, the pattern PT-8 suggests that the variable display of the symbols may reach or exceed the reach (for example, normal reach or super reach), and the pattern PT-9 indicates that the variable display of the symbols may reach the super reach. Suggest.

Regarding the pattern PT-8, the variable display mode of the symbols is determined at a high rate when the normal reach is set, and thus the first special pattern (reach notice (low), first Regarding the pattern PT-9, the pattern PT-9 is determined at a high rate when the variable display mode of the symbols is super reach, and thus the second special pattern {reach Notice (high), second special mode}.

In this way, the effect control CPU 120 has a special mode (for example, patterns PT-8 and PT-9) that suggests that the jackpot gaming state is controlled, and a specific mode (for example, pattern PT-) that suggests settings. 1 to PT-7), it is possible to execute the variable display effect based on any one of a plurality of types of effect modes, and reach preview (predetermined effect of special mode) based on the pattern PT-8 or the pattern PT-9. When any of the setting suggestions based on any of the patterns PT-1 to PT-7 (predetermined effect in a specific mode) can be executed, the reach warning can be executed with priority over the setting suggestion.

In the first embodiment, the patterns PT-8 and PT-9 are determined when the variation pattern is normal reach or super reach, regardless of whether or not the variable display result is a big hit. Since the variation pattern is determined at a higher rate when the variable display result is out of proportion than when it is a big hit, the pattern PT-8 is a super-reach, that is, the big hit expectation pattern is a pattern. While the pattern is lower than PT-9, the super reach variation pattern is determined at a higher rate when the variable display result is a big hit than when it is a big hit, so the pattern PT-9 is , Becomes a super-reach, that is, the jackpot expectation is higher than the pattern PT-8.

In addition, in the first embodiment, in the variable display effect, an example in which the possibility of a big hit or which setting value is set is suggested depending on the number of destroyed paragliders, but the present invention is not limited to this. The present invention is not limited to this, and a large number of paragliders (e.g., 8 bodies) or more may appear without destruction of the paraglider to indicate that the big hit or high setting is made. Further, as long as it is possible to suggest the possibility of a big hit and which set value is set, the effect mode can be changed in various ways, for example, the number of appearances of the character, the type of the appearing character, etc. It may be a big hit or a set value which can be suggested.

Further, in the setting suggestion (high) based on any of the patterns PT-5 to PT-7 and the reach notice (high) based on the pattern PT-9, the last paraglider of the number corresponding to each pattern is destroyed. When falling, it may be possible to output a specific sound or emit the game effect lamp 9 or the like to notify that the pattern has a high expectation of a big hit or a high setting.

As shown in FIG. 8-15, in the effect during variable display effect determination process, the effect control CPU 120 first specifies the variable display result and the variation pattern (103SGS291). The variable display result is a variable display result designation command for designating the variable display result (delay, non-probability variation big hit A, probability variation big hit B, probability variation big hit C, small hit) transmitted from the main board 11 at the start of the variable display. Can be specified by the variable display result designation command stored in the variable display result designation command storage area. Further, the variation pattern can be specified by the variation pattern designation command stored in the variation pattern designation command storage area as described above.

Then, the random number for determining the reach preview type is extracted, and whether or not the reach preview is executed in the variable display performance is executed by using the production (reach notification) type determination table A shown in FIG. 8-17(A). A lottery is performed to determine the type of reach announcement in the case of doing (103SGS292).

In the production (reach notice) type determination table A shown in FIG. 8-17(A), when the variation pattern is super reach, 20 determination values are assigned to non-execution and 20 to the pattern PT-8. Judgment values are allocated, and 60 judgment values are allocated to the pattern PT-9. That is, when the variation pattern is super reach, the PT-9 is elected at a higher rate than when the variation pattern is other than super reach.

When the variation pattern is normal reach, 20 determination values are assigned to non-execution, 60 determination values are assigned to the pattern PT-8, and 20 determination values are assigned to the pattern PT-9. There is. That is, when the variation pattern is the normal reach, the winning rate of PT-8 is higher than that when the variation pattern is other than the normal reach.

If the variation pattern is a non-reach or small hit variation pattern, 100 determination values are assigned to non-execution, and no determination value is assigned to the patterns PT-8 and PT-9. That is, when the variation pattern is a non-reach or small hit variation pattern, the reach announcement is not won.

By setting the determination value in this way, when the variation pattern is normal reach, it is easier to win the pattern PT-8 at a higher rate than in the case of other than the normal reach variation pattern, and when the variation pattern is super reach, It is easier to win the pattern PT-9 at a higher rate than in the cases other than the super reach variation pattern.

Therefore, when the effect based on the pattern PT-8 appears, it is more likely to be the normal reach fluctuation pattern than on the super reach fluctuation pattern, and when the effect based on the pattern PT-9 appears, the effect is higher than the normal reach fluctuation pattern. It is likely to be a reach fluctuation pattern. In other words, the pattern PT-8 is determined to be the reach variation pattern, but is likely to be the normal reach, and thus is a reach announcement (low) with a low jackpot expectation, and the pattern PT-9 is the super reach variation pattern. Since there is a high possibility that it will be a big hit, it is a pattern of reach notice (high) with a high expectation of a big hit.

Returning to FIG. 8-15, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not the pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} has been won as a result of performing lottery on whether or not the reach notice is executed and the type in 103SGS292. (103SGS293). When it is determined that the pattern PT-9 is won, the execution of the reach announcement based on the pattern PT-9 is determined prior to the setting suggestion based on any of the patterns PT-1 to PT-7 (103SGS294), Go to 103SGS304.

When it is determined in 103SGS292 that the pattern PT-9 has not been won, that is, when the reach announcement is not executed or the pattern PT-8 is won, the reach announcement is not executed or the pattern PT-8 {reach announcement (low) }, the setting value stored in the RAM 102 is read out and the current setting value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is specified (103SGS295). Next, while extracting the setting suggestion type determining random number, using the effect (setting suggestion) type determining table B corresponding to the setting value specified in 103SGS295, whether or not to execute the setting suggestion in the variable display effect, A lottery is performed to determine the type of setting suggestion for execution (103SGS296).

In the effect (setting suggestion) type determination table B shown in FIG. 8-17(B), when the setting value is 1, 30 determination values are assigned to non-execution, and 25 values are assigned to the pattern PT-1. , The pattern PT-2 is assigned 10 determination values, the pattern PT-3 is assigned 25 determination values, the pattern PT-4 is assigned 5 determination values, Four determination values are assigned to PT-5, one determination value is assigned to the pattern PT-6, and one determination value is not assigned to the pattern PT-7. When the set value is 2, 30 determination values are assigned to non-execution, 10 determination values are assigned to the pattern PT-1, 25 determination values are assigned to the pattern PT-2, Five determination values are assigned to the pattern PT-3, 25 determination values are assigned to the pattern PT-4, one determination value is assigned to the pattern PT-5, and four determination values are assigned to the pattern PT-6. The judgment value is assigned, and one judgment value is not assigned to the pattern PT-7. When the setting value is 3, 30 determination values are assigned to non-execution, 20 determination values are assigned to the pattern PT-1, 5 determination values are assigned to the pattern PT-2, The pattern PT-3 is assigned 20 determination values, the pattern PT-4 is assigned 5 determination values, the pattern PT-5 is assigned 15 determination values, and the pattern PT-6 is assigned 5 determination values. The judgment value is assigned, and one judgment value is not assigned to the pattern PT-7. When the setting value is 4, 30 determination values are assigned to non-execution, 5 determination values are assigned to the pattern PT-1, 20 determination values are assigned to the pattern PT-2, The pattern PT-3 is assigned with 5 determination values, the pattern PT-4 is assigned with 20 determination values, the pattern PT-5 is assigned with 5 determination values, and the pattern PT-6 is assigned with 15 determination values. The judgment value is assigned, and one judgment value is not assigned to the pattern PT-7. When the setting value is 5, 30 determination values are assigned to non-execution, 5 determination values are assigned to the pattern PT-1, 10 determination values are assigned to the pattern PT-2, Five determination values are assigned to the pattern PT-3, 10 determination values are assigned to the pattern PT-4, 25 determination values are assigned to the pattern PT-5, and 15 determination values are assigned to the pattern PT-6. The judgment value is assigned, and one judgment value is not assigned to the pattern PT-7. When the set value is 6, 30 determination values are assigned to non-execution, 10 determination values are assigned to the pattern PT-1, and 5 determination values are assigned to the pattern PT-2. The pattern PT-3 is assigned 10 determination values, the pattern PT-4 is assigned 5 determination values, the pattern PT-5 is assigned 10 determination values, and the pattern PT-6 is assigned 25 determination values. A judgment value is assigned, and five judgment values are assigned to the pattern PT-7.

Since the determination value is set in this way, when the set value is 1 or 3 which is an odd number, the patterns PT-1 and PT-3 are won at a higher rate than when the set value is other than 1 or 3. When the set value is 2 or 4 which is an even number, the patterns PT-2 and PT-4 are more likely to win at a higher rate than when the set value is other than 2 or 4, and the set value is 5. Is easier to win the pattern PT-5 at a higher rate than when the set value is other than 5, and when the set value is 6, the pattern PT-6 is won at a higher rate than when the set value is other than 6. It's easy to do. Further, since the pattern PT-7 may be won only when the setting value is 6, it is decided that the setting value is 6 when the setting suggestion based on the pattern PT-7 appears.

Therefore, when the effect based on the patterns PT-1 to PT-4 in which the number of paragliders destroyed is four or less is likely to appear, it is highly possible that the set value is any of 1 to 4, and the paraglider is destroyed. When the effect based on the patterns PT-5 to PT-7 in which the number to be displayed is 5 or more is likely to appear, it is highly possible that the set value is either 5 or 6. That is, the patterns PT-1 to PT-4 are set suggestion (low) that is unlikely to be high setting (setting value 5 or 6), and the patterns PT-5 to PT-7 are high setting (setting value 5 or 6). The setting suggestion (high) is highly likely to be 6).

In the first embodiment, the reach announcement type determination random number and the setting suggestion type determination random number are random numbers in the range of 1 to 100, and any value in the range of 1 to 100 is extracted. That is, the number of judgment values of each determination random number is 100 in the range of 1 to 100, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the range of each determination random number may be appropriately determined. Good. Further, each determination random number counter for generating each of these determination random numbers is set in the RAM 122, and each determination random number counter is updated at each timer interrupt in the random number updating process.

Returning to FIG. 8-15, as a result of performing lottery of presence/absence of execution of setting suggestion and type in 103SGS296, one of patterns PT-5 to PT-7 {setting suggestion (high)}. It is determined whether or not it has been won (103SGS297). When it is determined that any of the patterns PT-5 to PT-7 has been won, when the non-execution of the reach announcement is won in 103SGS293, the pattern is selected to any of the winning patterns PT-5 to PT-7. If the execution of the setting suggestion (high) based on the setting is uniquely determined and the pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} is won in 103SGS293, one of the winning patterns PT-5 to PT-7. Execution of the setting suggestion (high) based on (1) is prioritized over the reach announcement (low) based on the pattern PT-8 (103SGS298), and the process proceeds to 103SGS304.

In 103SGS297, if any of patterns PT-5 to PT-7 {setting suggestion (high)} is not won, that is, if setting suggestion is not executed or any of patterns PT-1 to PT-4 is won. , 103SGS297 determines whether or not the pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} is won in 103SGS293, based on the fact that the setting suggestion is not executed or the patterns PT-1 to PT-4 are won. (103SGS300).

If it is determined in 103SGS300 that the pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} has been won, when 103SGS297 is not executing the setting suggestion, execution of the reach notice (low) based on the pattern PT-8 is performed. If any of the patterns PT-1 to PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} is won in 103SGS297, the reach announcement (low) based on the winning pattern PT-8 is given. The execution is prioritized over the setting suggestion (low) based on the patterns PT-1 to PT-4 (103SGS301), and the process proceeds to 103SGS304.

When it is determined in 103SGS300 that the pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} has not been won, it is determined whether any of the patterns PT-1 to PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} is won. It is determined (103SGS302), and if any of the patterns PT-1 to PT-4 is won, it is determined to execute the setting suggestion (low) based on the patterns PT-1 to PT-4, and the process proceeds to 103SGS304. When none of the patterns PT-1 to PT-4 has been won, that is, when both the reach announcement and the setting suggestion are not executed, the variable display is being performed without being decided to execute the effect. The effect determination process ends.

In 103SGS304, the effect type (one of patterns PT-1 to PT-9) determined in any of 103SGS294, 103SGS298, 103SGS301, and 103SGS303 is stored in a predetermined area of RAM 122 (103SGS304), and the effect during variable display is executed. The variable display effect production execution determination flag indicating that is determined is set (103SGS305), and the variable display effect production determination process is ended.

Returning to FIG. 8-14, after the variable display effect production determination processing of 103SGS277, the effect control CPU 120 in 103SGS278 determines whether the variable display effect production execution determination flag is set, that is, the variable display effect production determination of 103SGS277. In the process, it is determined whether execution of the variable display effect for any of the patterns PT-1 to PT-9 is determined.

When the variable display effect execution determination flag is set, the process proceeds to 103SGS279, and the variable display effect start waiting timer is set to the period until the variable display effect start (103SGS279), and the variable display effect execution is performed. The decision flag is cleared (103SGS280), and the process proceeds to 103SGS281. On the other hand, when the variable execution effect determination flag is not set, the process proceeds to 103SGS281 without passing through 103SGS279 and 103SGS280.

As the period until the start of the variable display effect, in the present feature unit 103SG, the timing at which the paraglider appears is the start timing of the variable display effect, and the process table of the variable display effect executed from the start of the variable display effect. Since the variable display effect is specified based on, the period until the start timing of the variable display effect is set to the variable display effect start waiting timer has been exemplified. The present invention is not limited to this, and for example, an effect (not shown) indicating a sign is performed before the timing at which the variable display effect is started, and the timing at which the sign is started is changed during the variable display effect. When the start timing is set, a period shorter than the period until the variable display effect is started may be set in the variable display effect start waiting timer.

In 103SGS281, the effect control CPU 120 selects an effect control pattern (process table) according to the variation pattern designation command. Then, the process timer in the process data 1 of the selected process table is started (103SGS282).

In the process table, display control execution data for controlling display of the image display device 5, lamp control execution data for controlling lighting of each LED, and control of sounds output from the speakers 8L and 8R. The sound control execution data, the operation section control execution data for controlling the operation of the push button 31B and the stick controller 31A, and the like are arranged in time series in association with each process data n (1 to N). There is.

Next, the effect control CPU 120 displays an effect device (image display as effect parts) according to the contents of the process data 1 (display control execution data 1, lamp control execution data 1, sound control execution data 1, operation unit control execution data 1). The control of the device 5, various lamps as effect parts, speakers 8L and 8R as effect parts, and the operation unit (push button 31B, stick controller 31A, etc.) is executed (103SGS283). For example, a command is output to the display control unit 123 in order to display an image according to the variation pattern on the image display device 5. In addition, a control signal (lamp control execution data) is output to the lamp control board 14 in order to control the turning on/off of various lamps. Further, a control signal (sound number data) is output to the sound control board 13 in order to output sound from the speakers 8L and 8R.

In the first embodiment, the effect control CPU 120 performs control so that the decorative pattern is variably displayed according to the change pattern corresponding to the change pattern designation command in a one-to-one manner. The variation pattern to be used may be selected from a plurality of types of variation patterns corresponding to the designated command.

Then, a value corresponding to the variable display time specified by the variation pattern designation command is set in the variable display time timer (103SGS284). In addition, a predetermined time is set in the variable display control timer (103SGS285). Note that the predetermined time is, for example, 30 ms, and the effect control CPU 120 writes the image data indicating the display state of the left-middle-right decorative pattern to the VRAM every time the predetermined time has elapsed, and the display control unit 123 is written to the VRAM. A signal corresponding to the image data is output to the image display device 5, and the image display device 5 displays an image corresponding to the signal, whereby variable display (variation) of the decorative pattern is realized. Next, the value of the effect control process flag is set to a value corresponding to the effect display during variable display (S172) (103SGS286).

As described above, in the first embodiment, when performing variable display of the symbols based on the reach variation pattern, the effect control CPU 120 starts the variable display and then performs the predetermined display before the variable display mode becomes the reach mode. At the production timing, it is possible to execute either reach announcement or setting suggestion as the effect during variable display, and when the effect of the effect during variable display is decided, the reach announcement becomes the advantageous state suggestion result. It is possible to execute (special effect) with priority over setting suggestion (effect of specific aspect) in which the effect result is a setting suggestion result.

Specifically, as shown in the variable display effect determination process of FIG. 8-15, the effect control CPU 120 performs the lottery of the presence/absence of the reach notice and the type, and the lottery of the presence/absence of the setting suggestion and the type. Priority is given to it.

That is, in the lottery for reach announcement, the effect control CPU 120 determines to execute the reach announcement (high) based on the pattern PT-9 at a rate of 60% when the variation pattern is super reach (103SGS294). The notice (high) is executed at a higher rate (priority) than the setting suggestion. On the other hand, when the variation pattern is normal reach, the execution of the reach announcement (high) based on the pattern PT-9 is determined only at a rate of 20%, but the reach announcement (low) based on the pattern PT-8 is at a rate of 60%. Therefore, even if the 103SGS296 draws a setting suggestion based on the winning of the reach announcement (low), the 103SGS297 suggests a setting suggestion (high) based on the patterns PT-5 to PT-7. ) Does not win, the 103SGS301 decides to execute the reach warning (low) based on the pattern PT-8, so the reach warning is executed at a higher rate (priority) than the setting suggestion. Become.

In addition, the reach notice includes a reach notice (low) and a reach notice (high) indicating that the ratio of the jackpot control is higher than that of the reach notice (low). If both the reach warning (high) based on −9 and the setting suggestion based on any of the patterns PT-1 to PT-7 can be executed, the reach warning (high) based on the pattern PT-9 is changed to the pattern PT−. It is executed with priority over the setting suggestion based on any of 1 to PT-7 (103SGS294). On the other hand, when both the reach warning (low) based on the pattern PT-8 and the setting suggestion based on any of the patterns PT-1 to PT-7 can be executed, one of the patterns PT-5 to PT-7 is selected. It is possible to execute the setting suggestion (high) based on the priority over the reach announcement (low) based on the pattern PT-8 (103SGS298). By doing so, it is possible to prevent the interest due to the variable display effect from being deteriorated due to excessively giving the advance notice of the reach and limiting the execution of the setting suggestion.

Further, the setting suggestion includes a setting suggestion (low) and a setting suggestion (high) suggesting that the setting is likely to be higher than the setting suggestion (low). When both the setting suggestion (high) based on any of -5 to PT-7 and the reach announcement based on any of patterns PT-8 to PT-9 are executable, patterns PT-5 to PT-7 are selected. The setting suggestion (high) based on the priority is executed prior to the reach announcement (low) based on the pattern PT-8 (103SGS298). On the other hand, when both the setting suggestion (low) based on any of the patterns PT-1 to PT-4 and the reach announcement based on any of the patterns PT-8 to PT-9 can be executed, the pattern PT-8 is selected. It is possible to execute the reach notification (low) based on the priority over the setting suggestion (low) based on any of the patterns PT-1 to PT-4 (103SGS301). Therefore, it is possible to prevent the interest of the display during variable display from being lowered by excessively giving priority to the setting suggestion and restricting the execution of the reach announcement.

In this way, the effect control CPU 120 executes the reach warning with priority over the setting suggestion. For details, the reach warning (high) is executed with priority over the setting suggestion (high), the setting suggestion (high) is executed with priority over the reach announcement (low), and the reach announcement (low) is set ( Low priority). That is, the priority of execution of each effect pattern is set to have a relationship of “reach notice (high)>setting suggestion (high)>reach notice (low)>setting suggestion (low)”.

In the present characteristic part 103SG, the execution rate of the reach warning may be set to be higher than the execution rate of the setting suggestion. That is, the variable display effect is an effect executed during the variable display period of the symbol, and the reach notice suggests that the variable display result may be a big hit, whereas the setting suggestion is at least This is to indicate which setting value is not changed during the business period. Further, it is not preferable for the game arcade that the setting suggestion frequently appears and the player can easily guess what the setting value is. Therefore, when the variable display effect is executed in the super reach variation pattern and when the set value is high, it is preferable for the player to suggest either, but the set value is also suggested at another timing. While it is possible, the jackpot suggestion can be made only during the variable display. Therefore, it is preferable for the player that the reach announcement appears at a higher rate than the set suggestion.

In addition, the variable display effect is an effect that is executed only during the variable display period of the symbol based on the super reach variation pattern or the normal reach variation pattern, which has a higher jackpot expectation than the non-reach variation pattern, so the variable display mode is reach. If so, the player's expectation for a big hit is higher than if the reach is not reached. Therefore, particularly in the case of a jackpot reach variation pattern, if the setting suggestion is executed with priority over the reach announcement, the player's expectation for the jackpot is lowered, and the performance becomes unsuitable. By setting the advance notice to be executed with priority over the setting suggestion, it is possible to prevent the production from being inappropriate.

Further, in the first embodiment, as the tendency of the effect during the variable display, if the reach announcement is executed prior to the setting suggestion, for example, a non-reach or normal reach variation pattern and high In some situations, such as in the case of setting, the execution ratio may be set so that the setting suggestion is executed with priority over the reach announcement.

Further, in the first embodiment, the reach announcement lottery and the setting suggestion lottery are separately executed, and the reach announcement lottery is executed (prior to) prior to the setting suggestion lottery. Although illustrated, the present invention is not limited to this, and if the reach announcement execution rate is higher than the setting suggestion execution rate, the setting suggestion lottery may be performed before the reach announcement lottery. , The order is arbitrary. 8-17 (A) and (B), if the number of judgment values in the effect type determination tables A and B is set so that the reach announcement execution rate is higher than the setting suggestion execution rate. It is not limited to what is described.

In the first embodiment, as the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during the variable display, the mode in which the setting suggestion that suggests the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 can be executed is exemplified. Is not limited to this, and the setting suggestion may indicate whether or not the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 has changed since the last time the pachinko gaming machine 1 was activated.

(First invention)
As described above, this embodiment includes the following first invention. That is, conventionally, in a gaming machine that can be controlled in an advantageous state that is advantageous to the player, the variable display result is a big hit by changing the set value, as described in, for example, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2010-200902. There was something that could change the probability that (the probability of being controlled to an advantageous state). In the gaming machine described in the above patent publication, it is possible to execute a setting suggesting effect that suggests a setting value depending on the type of animal displayed, but for example, a notice effect that suggests that the jackpot state is an advantageous state and When any of the setting suggestive effects can be executed, no consideration is given to which effect is prioritized, and the setting suggestive effect is set to a set value when controlled in an advantageous state. Then, there was a problem that the performance became inappropriate. Therefore, for the purpose of providing a gaming machine that can prevent the production from becoming inappropriate,
The gaming machine of the means 1 of the first invention,
It can be controlled to an advantageous state that is advantageous to the player (for example, a jackpot gaming state), and is set to any one of a plurality of set values (for example, set values 1 to 6) with different degrees of advantage for the player. A possible gaming machine (for example, a pachinko gaming machine 1),
Predetermined effect execution means capable of executing a predetermined effect in one of a plurality of kinds of effect modes (for example, the effect control CPU 120 selects one of the patterns PT-1 to PT-7 as the effect during variable display). Setting suggestion based on, or a portion capable of executing reach announcement based on the pattern PT-8 or PT-9),
The effect mode of the predetermined effect is a special mode (for example, reach announcement based on the special pattern PT-8 or pattern PT-9) that suggests that the advantageous state is controlled, and a setting suggestion. A specific mode (for example, a setting suggestion based on any of the patterns PT-1 to PT-7, which is a specific pattern),
When the predetermined effect of the special mode and the predetermined effect of the specific mode can be executed by the predetermined effect execution means (for example, timing when a predetermined period has elapsed after the variable display of the symbols is started (variable display mode). 8) of the first embodiment, the predetermined effect of the special mode can be executed with priority over the predetermined effect of the specific mode. In the variable display effect determination process shown in 15, when the pattern PT-9 is won in the reach announcement lottery, in 103SGS294, the execution of the reach announcement (high) based on the pattern PT-9 is determined prior to the setting suggestion. Even if the portion or the setting suggestion lottery in 103SGS296 is executed, if the setting suggestion (high) based on the patterns PT-5 to PT-7 is not won, the reach announcement (low) based on the pattern PT-8 is performed in 103SGS301. ) Is executed with priority over the setting suggestion (low) based on any one of the patterns PT-1 to PT-4, etc./The CPU 120 for effect control gives the advance notice (high)>setting suggestion (high). >Reach advance notice (low)>Setting suggestion (low), for example, a part that determines execution of an effect based on any of the patterns PT1 to PT-9 (see FIG. 8-20 of Modification 1))
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, it is possible to prevent the predetermined effect of a specific aspect from being executed and the effect being inappropriate when the control is performed in the advantageous state.
In detail, even if the variable display that makes the variable display result a big hit is being executed, the setting suggestion that can be suggested at a timing other than the variable display is executed with priority over the reach announcement. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player's expectation for the big hit from being appropriately increased, and to prevent the effect from being inappropriate.

A gaming machine according to means 2 of the first invention is the gaming machine according to means 1,
The special mode includes a first special mode (for example, reach warning (low)) and a second special mode (for example, reach warning) that suggests that the ratio controlled to the advantageous state is higher than the first special mode. (High)) and
The predetermined effect execution means,
When both the predetermined effect of the second special mode and the predetermined effect of the specific mode can be executed, the predetermined effect of the second special mode is executed with priority over the predetermined effect of the specific mode (for example, , When the pattern PT-9 is won in the reach announcement lottery in the variable display effect production determination process shown in FIG. 8-15 of the first embodiment, the effect control CPU 120 determines that the reach announcement based on the pattern PT-9 in 103SGS294 ( (High) is executed in preference to a setting suggestion based on any of patterns PT-1 to PT-7),
When both the predetermined effect of the first special mode and the predetermined effect of the specific mode can be executed, the predetermined effect of the specific mode can be executed with priority over the predetermined effect of the first special mode. (For example, when the effect control CPU 120 wins any of the patterns PT-5 to PT-7 in the setting suggestion lottery in the variable display effect determination process shown in FIG. 8-15 of the first embodiment, in 103SGS298. (A part that determines execution of setting suggestion (high) based on any of patterns PT-5 to PT-7 with priority over reach announcement (low) based on pattern PT-8)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, it is possible to prevent the interest of the predetermined effect from being lowered by excessively restricting the execution of the predetermined effect in the specific mode.

A gaming machine of means 3 of the first invention is the gaming machine according to means 1 or 2,
The specific aspect includes a first specific aspect (e.g., setting suggestion (low)) and a second specific aspect (e.g., setting suggestion (high) that gives a suggestion regarding setting of a setting value having a higher degree of advantage than the first specific aspect. )) and
The predetermined effect execution means,
When both the predetermined effect of the second specific aspect and the predetermined effect of the special aspect can be executed, the predetermined effect of the second specific aspect is executed with priority over the predetermined effect of the special aspect (for example, If the effect control CPU 120 wins any of the patterns PT-5 to PT-7 in the setting suggestion lottery in the variable display effect determination process shown in FIG. 8-15 of the first embodiment, the pattern PT in 103SGS298. -5 to PT-7 (a part that determines the execution of the setting suggestion (high) based on any one of PT-7 prior to the reach announcement (low) based on the pattern PT-8),
When both the predetermined effect of the first specific aspect and the predetermined effect of the special aspect can be executed, the predetermined effect of the special aspect can be executed with priority over the predetermined effect of the first specific aspect. (For example, when the effect control CPU 120 wins the pattern PT-8 in the reach announcement lottery in the variable display effect determination process shown in FIG. 8-15 of the first embodiment, the pattern PT-8 is set in 103SGS301. (A part that determines the execution of the reach announcement (low) based on the priority over the setting suggestion (low) based on any of the patterns PT-1 to PT-4)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, it is possible to prevent the interest of the predetermined effect from being lowered by excessively restricting the execution of the predetermined special effect.

The gaming machine of means 4 of the first invention is the gaming machine according to any one of means 1 to 3,
A motion stimulus notification means capable of executing a motion stimulus notification that urges the player to execute a motion (for example, the effect control CPU 120 provides an operation stimulating effect that urges the player to operate the push button 31B during the operation valid period of the push button 31B). Executable part.)
A motion detection unit (for example, a push sensor 35B) capable of detecting a specific motion by the player (for example, a motion for operating the push button 31B) regardless of whether or not the motion promotion notification by the motion promotion notification unit is executed. When,
Equipped with
The predetermined effect executing means can execute the predetermined effect based on the detection of the specific motion by the motion detecting means (for example, the effect control CPU 120 pushes the push button 31B during the operation valid period of the push button 31B). When the specific operation to be operated is detected by the push sensor 35B, the image Z1 is displayed according to the operation of the push button 31B regardless of whether or not the operation prompting image prompting the player to operate the push button 31B is displayed. A part that can perform an effect of changing to the image Z2 (destroying and dropping the paraglider. Modification)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the player who knows the specific action can perform the predetermined effect at a desired timing by performing the specific action, so that the enjoyment of the game can be improved.

The gaming machine of means 5 of the first invention is the gaming machine according to any one of means 1 to 4,
The predetermined effect is a common effect period (e.g., reach announcement or setting suggestion) in which a common effect is executed regardless of which of the special effect of the special mode and the specific effect of the specific mode is executed. Regardless of whether there is, a common effect period in which an effect in which the image Z1 fades in from the left side of the display area of the image display device 5 and moves toward the right side of the display area is executed) A non-common effect period during which it is possible to specify which of the effect and the predetermined effect of the specific aspect (for example, it is possible to specify whether it is a reach announcement or a setting suggestion, that is, the number of images Z2 corresponding to the effect pattern). And a non-common effect period during which an effect of moving to the lower side of the display area of the image display device 5 is executed (see FIG. 8-18).
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, by having the common effect period, it is possible to effectively increase the player's expectation as to which of the special effect of the special mode and the predetermined effect of the specific mode is executed, so that the game The interest can be improved.

A gaming machine of means 6 of the first invention is the gaming machine according to any one of means 1 to 5,
The predetermined effect execution means is capable of executing a special effect in a special mode that is a suggestion that the advantageous state is controlled and is also a suggestion regarding the setting (for example, both reach announcement and setting suggestion can be performed. Sometimes, a specific image that suggests both the big hit and the maximum setting (setting value 6) (for example, an image in which the paraglider in which the character appears moves while the image Z1 of the paraglider is displayed) is displayed. Part etc.)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, it is possible to effectively increase the player's expectation that the predetermined aspect of the special aspect or the special aspect different from the specific aspect is executed, so that the interest of the game can be improved.

In the first embodiment, the case where both the reach notice (predetermined effect in the special mode) and the setting suggestion (predetermined effect in the specific mode) can be executed are, for example, suggestions regarding the display result of one variable display. Various timings are possible as long as the timing is possible and the timing at which the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 can be suggested. For details, if you give a hint about the display result of the variable display in the reach notice, the reach notice can be executed at any timing during the execution period of the variable display. If a suggestion is made regarding the display result of, the reach announcement can be executed at any timing in the period over a plurality of variable displays until the variable display corresponding to the pending storage is executed and the execution period of the variable display. .. Further, the setting suggestion is not changed during the business period, so the setting suggestion can be executed at an arbitrary timing during one business period.

Further, when both the reach notice (predetermined effect of special mode) and the setting suggestion (predetermined effect of specific mode) can be executed, the reach warning can be executed with priority over the set suggestion. Priority is given to the lottery of setting suggestion, and execution of the reach announcement based on pattern PT-8 or PT-9 precedes the execution of setting suggestion based on any of patterns PT-1 to PT-7. And executing the reach announcement based on the patterns PT-8 and PT-9 at a higher rate than the setting suggestion based on any of the patterns PT-1 to PT-7. Executing the reach announcement at a higher rate than the setting suggestion includes executing the reach announcement at a rate of 100% and not executing the setting suggestion, that is, the case where the reach announcement execution rate is 100%.

In the first embodiment, the possibility of a big hit or a set value is suggested by the number of destroyed paragliders, that is, a variable display effect that is executed when both reach advance notice and setting suggestion can be executed. As an example, the form in which the effect result is either the advantageous state suggestion result or the setting suggestion result has been exemplified, but the present invention is not limited to this, and is executed when both the reach announcement and the setting suggestion can be executed. The effect during variable display may include both the advantageous state suggestion result and the setting suggestion result as the effect.

That is, in the first embodiment, the variable display effect has a common common effect period for the reach announcement and the setting suggestion, but the reach announcement and the setting suggestion have different effect modes (in the common effect period. It may be a separate presentation (which does not have a corresponding period) (specifically, the reach announcement is suggested using a character, the setting suggestion is suggested by a paraglider, etc.). Then, even when the reach announcement and the setting suggestion having different effect modes are simultaneously executed in the same period (same timing), the reach announcement may be executed prior to the setting suggestion.

(Modification 1)
Next, a first modified example of the first characteristic unit 103SG in the first embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 8-20 is a flowchart showing the variable display effect determination process according to the first modification, and FIG. 8B is a diagram showing the reach announcement and the setting suggestion execution ratio.

In the first embodiment, the presence/absence of execution of the reach notice and the lottery of the type are given priority over the lottery of the presence/absence of the setting suggestion and the type of the suggestion, so that the reach announcement is given priority over the suggestion of the setting. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the reach announcement and the setting suggestion lottery may be performed using one effect type determination table C (not shown).

Specifically, as illustrated in FIG. 8-20(A), in the variable display effect determination process, the effect control CPU 120 first specifies the variable display result and the variation pattern (103SGS311). Next, the random number for determining the effect type is extracted, and whether or not the effect during the variable display (reach notification/setting suggestion) is executed using the effect (reach notice/setting suggestion) type determination table C (not shown). A lottery is performed to determine the type of reach announcement or setting suggestion for execution (103SGS312).

The production (reach notice/setting suggestion) type determination table C (not shown) is not particularly shown, but the determination ratio of the production patterns PT-1 to PT-9 is set according to the type of the variation pattern and the number of set values. ing. That is, although the determination rates of the effect patterns PT-1 to PT-9 are different depending on the type of the variation pattern and the set values 1 to 6, the reach announcement and the setting suggestion execution rate shown in FIG. As shown in the trend chart, overall, the advance notice is decided at a higher rate (priority) than the set suggestion, that is, the reach advance notice, the set suggestion, and the non-execution rate are set in the descending order. It is preferable that the advance notice is 50%, the setting suggestion is 40%, and the non-execution is 10%.

Further, for example, when the variation pattern is super reach, the ratio of the reach notice (high) is higher than the reach notice (low) (for example, reach reach (high) is 40%, reach reach (low) is 10%). It is preferable to determine by. Further, when the set values are the high set values 5 and 6, the ratio of the setting suggestion (high) is higher than that of the setting suggestion (low) (for example, the setting suggestion (high) is 35% and the setting suggestion (low) is 5). %). In other words, the effect control CPU 120 controls the effect based on any of the patterns PT1 to PT-9 at a ratio of reach advance notice (high)>setting suggestion (high)>reach advance notice (low)>setting suggestion (low). You can decide to execute it.

Further, in the first embodiment and the first modified example, the embodiment in which the execution ratio of the reach announcement and the setting suggestion is determined based on the variation pattern and the set value is illustrated, but the present invention is not limited to this. The reach announcement and the setting suggestion execution rate may be different depending on the variation pattern, the set value, and the variable display result. Specifically, regardless of whether the variation pattern is a super reach or normal reach variation pattern, when a big hit occurs, the reach warning should be executed at a higher rate than at the time of a big hit, prior to the setting suggestion. Is preferred.

Further, in the first embodiment and the modified example 1, when either the advantageous state suggestion result or the setting suggestion result can be executed as the effect result, either the reach announcement or the setting suggestion is executed as the variable display effect. Although possible forms have been exemplified, the present invention is not limited to this, and when both the advantageous state suggestion result and the setting suggestion result can be executed as the effect result, the effect result of the variable display effect is, It may be possible to execute a specific effect that is a result of the advantageous state suggestion and a result of the setting suggestion result.

As the specific effect, for example, a specific image suggesting both the big hit and the maximum setting (setting value 6) (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-18, when the image Z1 of the paraglider is displayed, Is displayed, etc.), or an image in which the display mode (for example, color, size, moving speed, orbit, etc.) of the paraglider is different from the normal mode is displayed. It may be displayed, a different background color may be displayed, or an effect image may be displayed. Alternatively, the special effect sound may be output according to the image display of the paraglider, or the light emitting body may be caused to emit light in a special light emitting mode.

Further, in the first embodiment and the modified example 1, when the effect result is both the advantageous state suggestion result and the setting suggestion result, that is, one of the reach announcement and the setting suggestion can be executed as the variable display effect. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and it is possible to execute either the reach announcement or the setting suggestion in the variable display effect, while changing the reach announcement and the setting suggestion. It may be possible to execute each independently at an effect timing different from the effect during display.

Specifically, for example, a reach announcement (for example, a character announcement in which a character appears) different from the reach announcement shown in FIG. 8-18 can be executed at an effect timing different from the variable display effect. On the other hand, the setting suggestion (for example, the ending image of the big hit) different from the setting suggestion shown in FIG. It may be executable.

In Example 1 of the characteristic part 103SG of the above-described embodiment, a mode in which the variable display effect can be executed only once during one variable display has been illustrated, but the present invention is not limited to this. The variable display effect may be executed a plurality of times during the variable display of.

For example, as shown in FIG. 8-21(A) as the second embodiment, the first period between the start timing of the variable display and the start timing of the reach effect of the normal reach is targeted for the variation patterns of the normal reach and the super reach. And during the second period after the first period, the variable display effect can be executed.

In addition, since the variable display time is short for executing the variable display effect more than once for the non-reach and small hit variation patterns, in the second embodiment, the variable display effect execution target is the normal reach and super reach variation patterns. However, the variation pattern of non-reach or small hit may be included as an execution target of the effect during variable display.

Further, in the second embodiment, in the above-described variable display effect production determination process, whether or not the variable display image production effect is executed is determined according to the variation pattern by using the variable display image production execution determination table shown in FIG. Determine at different rates. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 8-21(B), when the variation pattern is normal reach, the variable display during execution effect determination table includes 40 out of 100 random numbers for effect during execution of variable display. Are assigned to the execution of the variable display effect, and 60 are assigned to the non-execution of the variable display effect. When the variation pattern is super reach, in the variable display effect production execution determination table, 60 out of 100 random numbers for variable display effect production execution determination are assigned to execute variable display effect. The individual is assigned to non-execution of the effect during variable display.

In addition, when execution of the variable display effect is determined in the second embodiment, the variable display effect is executed in both the first period and the second period shown in FIG.

When the execution of the variable display effect is decided when the variation pattern is normal reach or super reach, as shown in FIGS. 8-22(A) and 8-22(B), it is executed in the first period. The execution of the setting suggestion and the reach announcement is determined at different rates for the variable display effect to be performed and the variable display effect to be executed in the second period. In the same period, regardless of the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1, the execution ratios of the setting suggestion and the reach announcement are set to be the same.

Specifically, as shown in FIG. 8-23, when the execution of the variable display effect is determined when the variation pattern is the normal reach, the effect type of the variable display effect executed in the first period (effect). Pattern) is determined to be any of patterns PT-1 to PT-7 (setting suggestion (low) or setting suggestion (high)) at a rate of 60% regardless of the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1. , PT-9 or PT-9 (expected degree (low) or expected degree (high)) at a rate of 40%. Further, as shown in FIG. 8-24, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the second period is a pattern of 40% regardless of the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1. PT-1 to PT-7 (setting suggestion (low) or setting suggestion (high)) is determined, and at a rate of 60%, pattern PT-8 or pattern PT-9 (expectation degree (low) or expectation degree) (High)).

Here, as shown in FIGS. 8-23 and 8-24, focusing on the case where the variation pattern is normal reach, when the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 1, in the first period. The effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display to be executed is determined to be one of the patterns PT-1 to PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} at a rate of 59%, and the pattern PT- at a rate of 1%. 5 to PT-7 {setting suggestion (high)}, pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} at 35%, and pattern PT-9 {reach at 5% Notice (high)}. Further, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the second period is determined to be any of the patterns PT-1 to PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} at a rate of 38%, and 2%. Of the patterns PT-5 to PT-7 {setting suggestion (high)}, 55% of the patterns PT-8 {reach notice (low)}, and 5% of the patterns. The pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} is determined.

When the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 2, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the first period is set to the patterns PT-1 to PT at a rate of 58.8%. -4 of {setting suggestion (low)}, and 1.2% of patterns PT-5 to PT-7 {setting suggestion (high)} of 35%. The pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} is determined, and the pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} is determined at a rate of 5%. In addition, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the second period is determined to be one of the patterns PT-1 to PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} at a rate of 37.8%, At a rate of 2.2%, one of the patterns PT-5 to PT-7 {setting suggestion (high)} is determined, and at a rate of 55%, a pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} is determined. The pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} is determined at a rate of %.

When the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 3, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the first period is set to the patterns PT-1 to PT at a rate of 58.5%. -4 any of {setting suggestion (low)}, and at a rate of 1.5% any one of patterns PT-5 to PT-7 {setting suggestion (high)} and at a rate of 35%. The pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} is determined, and the pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} is determined at a rate of 5%. Further, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the second period is determined to be one of the patterns PT-1 to PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} at a rate of 37.5%, At a rate of 2.5%, one of the patterns PT-5 to PT-7 {setting suggestion (high)} is determined, and at a rate of 55%, a pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} is determined. The pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} is determined at a rate of %.

When the setting value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 4, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the first period is set to the patterns PT-1 to PT-4 at a rate of 58%. {Setting suggestion (low)}, and 2% of the patterns PT-5 to PT-7 {setting suggestion (high)}, and 35% of the pattern PT-8. {Reach notice (low)} is determined, and pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} is determined at a rate of 5%. Also, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the second period is determined to be any of the patterns PT-1 to PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} at a rate of 37%, and 3%. Of the patterns PT-5 to PT-7 {setting suggestion (high)}, 55% of the patterns PT-8 {reach notice (low)}, and 5% of the patterns. The pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} is determined.

When the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 5, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during the variable display executed in the first period is set to the patterns PT-1 to PT at a rate of 56.5%. -4, {setting suggestion (low)}, and at a rate of 3.5%, any of patterns PT-5 to PT-7 {setting suggestion (high)}, at a rate of 35%. The pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} is determined, and the pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} is determined at a rate of 5%. Also, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the second period is determined to be one of the patterns PT-1 to PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} at a rate of 35.5%, At a rate of 4.5%, any one of the patterns PT-5 to PT-7 is determined {setting suggestion (high)}, and at a rate of 55%, a pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} is determined. The pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} is determined at a rate of %.

When the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 6, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during the variable display executed in the first period is set to 55% in the patterns PT-1 to PT-4. {Setting suggestion (low)}, and 5% of the patterns PT-5 to PT-7 {setting suggestion (high)}, and 35% of the pattern PT-8. {Reach notice (low)} is determined, and pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} is determined at a rate of 5%. In addition, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the second period is determined to be one of the patterns PT-1 to PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} at a rate of 34%, and 6%. Of the patterns PT-5 to PT-7 {setting suggestion (high)}, 55% of the patterns PT-8 {reach notice (low)}, and 5% of the patterns. The pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} is determined.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 8-25 and 8-26, focusing on the case where the variation pattern is super reach, when the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 1, it is executed in the first period. The effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display is determined to be one of patterns PT-1 to PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} at a rate of 59%, and pattern PT-5 at a rate of 1%. ~ Any of PT-7 {setting suggestion (high)}, pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} at a rate of 15%, pattern PT-9 {reach notice at a rate of 25%. (High)}. Further, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the second period is determined to be any of the patterns PT-1 to PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} at a rate of 38%, and 2%. Of the patterns PT-5 to PT-7 {setting suggestion (high)}, 5% of the patterns PT-8 {reach notice (low)}, and 55% of the patterns. The pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} is determined.

When the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 2, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during the variable display executed in the first period is set to the patterns PT-1 to PT at a rate of 58.8%. -4, {setting suggestion (low)}, 1.2% of the patterns PT-5 to PT-7 {setting suggestion (high)}, and 15% of the patterns. The pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} is determined, and the pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} is determined at a rate of 25%. Also, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the second period is determined to be one of the patterns PT-1 to PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} at a rate of 37.8%, At a rate of 2.2%, any one of patterns PT-5 to PT-7 {setting suggestion (high)} is determined, and at a rate of 5%, pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} is determined, and 55 The pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} is determined at a rate of %.

When the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 3, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the first period is set to the patterns PT-1 to PT at a rate of 58.5%. -4, {setting suggestion (low)}, and at a rate of 1.5%, any of patterns PT-5 to PT-7 {setting suggestion (high)}, and at a rate of 15%. The pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} is determined, and the pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} is determined at a rate of 25%. Further, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the second period is determined to be one of the patterns PT-1 to PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} at a rate of 37.5%, At a rate of 2.5%, any one of the patterns PT-5 to PT-7 {setting suggestion (high)} is determined, and at a rate of 5%, a pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} is determined, and 55 The pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} is determined at a rate of %.

When the setting value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 4, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the first period is set to the patterns PT-1 to PT-4 at a rate of 58%. {Setting suggestion (low)}, and 2% of the patterns PT-5 to PT-7 {setting suggestion (high)} and 15% of the pattern PT-8. {Reach notice (low)} is determined, and pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} is determined at a rate of 25%. Also, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the second period is determined to be any of the patterns PT-1 to PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} at a rate of 37%, and 3%. Of the patterns PT-5 to PT-7 {setting suggestion (high)}, 5% of the patterns PT-8 {reach notice (low)}, and 55% of the patterns. The pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} is determined.

When the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 5, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during the variable display executed in the first period is set to the patterns PT-1 to PT at a rate of 56.5%. -4, {setting suggestion (low)}, and at a rate of 3.5%, any of patterns PT-5 to PT-7 {setting suggestion (high)}, and at a rate of 15%. The pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} is determined, and the pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} is determined at a rate of 25%. Further, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the second period is determined to be one of the patterns PT-1 to PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} at a rate of 35.5%, At a rate of 4.5%, any one of the patterns PT-5 to PT-7 {setting suggestion (high)} is determined, and at a rate of 5%, a pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} is determined, 55 The pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} is determined at a rate of %.

When the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 6, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during the variable display executed in the first period is set to 55% in the patterns PT-1 to PT-4. Any of {setting suggestion (low)} is determined, and at a rate of 5%, any of patterns PT-5 to PT-7 is determined {setting suggestion (high)}, and at a rate of 15%, pattern PT-8. {Reach notice (low)} is determined, and pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} is determined at a rate of 25%. In addition, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the second period is determined to be one of the patterns PT-1 to PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} at a rate of 34%, and 6%. Of the patterns PT-5 to PT-7 {setting suggestion (high)}, 5% of the patterns PT-8 {reach notice (low)}, and 55% of the patterns. The pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} is determined.

As described above, in the second embodiment, when execution of the variable display effect is determined, the pattern PT-8 or the pattern PT-9 {reach is performed as the effect type of the variable display effect executed in the second period. The proportion (60%) in which execution of the notice (low) or reach notice (high)} is determined is the pattern PT-8 or the pattern PT-9 {reach, as the effect type of the variable display effect that is executed in the first period. The warning (low) or reach warning (high)} is set to be higher than the rate (40%) at which execution is determined.

Therefore, as the effect during the variable display is repeatedly executed, the reach announcement which is the advantageous state suggestion result is easily executed, so that one game result, that is, the timing close to the timing when the variable display result of the variable display is derived. You can increase the expectation for a big hit.

In particular, as shown in FIGS. 8-23 to 8-26, for the effect type of the variable display effect that is executed in the first period, one of patterns PT-1 to PT-7 {setting suggestion (low) Alternatively, the rate at which the setting suggestion (high) is determined is set higher than the rate at which the execution of the pattern PT-8 or the pattern PT-9 {reach notice (low) or reach notice (high)} is determined. As for the effect type of the variable display effect which is executed in the second period, the pattern PT-8 or the pattern PT-9 {reach notice (low) or reach notice (high)} is determined to be executed at a certain rate. Any one of PT-1 to PT-7 {setting suggestion (low) or setting suggestion (high)} is set higher than the determined rate.

That is, the patterns PT-8 and PT-9 corresponding to the reach notice are determined at a higher ratio in the second period than in the first period, and the patterns PT-1 to PT-7 corresponding to the setting suggestion are set to the second period. By being determined at a lower rate than the first period in the period, the setting suggestion is executed at a higher rate than the reach announcement in the first period, and the reach announcement is executed at a higher rate than the setting suggestion in the second period. ..

Therefore, for example, after the reach announcement (high) is executed as the variable display effect during the first period, the reach announcement (low) is executed as the variable display effect during the second period, that is, during the variable display. As the reach announcement is executed so that the expectation of the reach announcement decreases as the production is repeatedly executed (so-called fall), or the reach announcement (high) is executed in the first time, the variable display is performed. Since the player can predict that there is a high possibility that the variable display will be super reach, the player's expectation for the variable display being super reach is lowered. It has become possible to suppress it.

In addition, in the second embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 8-23 to 8-26, the variable display effect which is executed in the second period is more preferable than the variable display effect which is executed in the first period. However, the rate at which any of the patterns PT-5 to PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)} is set as the effect type is set to be high. That is, since the variable display effect is easily executed in the pattern PT-9 as the variable display effect is executed, the game for the variable display effect being executed in the pattern PT-5 to the pattern PT-8 is executed. It is possible to maintain the expectation of the person.

In the second embodiment, when the execution of the variable display effect is determined, the variable display effect is executed twice in the first period and the second period. However, the present invention is not limited to this. However, when the execution of the variable display effect is determined, the variable display effect may be executed three or more times. In addition, in the case where the variable display effect is executed three or more times in this way, by setting the determination ratio of the effect type so that the pattern PT-9 is easily determined every time the variable display effect is executed, The expectation of the technician may be maintained for a longer period of time.

As shown in FIGS. 8-23 to 8-26, in the variable display effect during the first period and the variable display effect performed during the second period, the pattern PT- is used as the effect type. 1 to PT-7 {setting suggestion (low) or setting suggestion (high)} are determined at different rates, so that the variable display effect executed in the first period and the second display period are executed. It is difficult to continuously execute the setting suggestion with the variable display effect. In other words, it is possible to prevent a decrease in amusement of the game due to monotony of the variable display effect during execution of the setting suggestion in both of these two variable display effects.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 8-23 to 8-26, in the variable display effect which is executed in the first period and the variable display effect which is executed in the second period, the pattern PT- is used as the effect type. 8 and PT-9 {Reach advance notice (low) or reach advance notice (high)} are different in the determined ratio, so that the variable display effect executed in the first period and the second display period are executed. Reach notice is difficult to be executed continuously with the variable display performance. In other words, it is possible to prevent a decrease in amusement of the game due to monotonous effect in the variable display during execution of the reach announcement in both of these two effects during variable display.

Further, in the second embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 8-23 to 8-26, the case where the effect control CPU 120 executes the variable display effect during the first period and the variable display effect during the second period. The case in which the ratio of execution of the reach announcement is different as the effect during the variable display is illustrated with the case of executing. In the case where the variable display effect is executed and the variable display effect is executed in the second period, the reach notice may be executed at the same rate as the variable display effect. By doing so, when the variable display effect is executed in the first period and the second period, the reach notice is executed as the variable display effect, and the first period and the second period are executed. You can expect the player in the same way.

In the second embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 8-23 to 8-26, regardless of the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 as long as it is a variable display advance notice effect executed in the same period. As an example of the variable display effect, an example is shown in which the proportions for which the execution of the reach announcement is determined is the same, but the present invention is not limited to this, and in the variable display announcement effect executed in the same period. The rate at which execution of the reach announcement is determined as the variable display effect may be different depending on the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1. By doing so, the proportion of the reach announcement executed as the variable display effect during the first period and the second period changes according to the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1, so that the variable display is performed. It is possible to prevent the middle presentation from becoming monotonous.

Further, in the second embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 8-22 to 8-26, focusing on the effect during variable display executed in the first period, the ratio of determining execution of setting suggestion (patterns PT-1 to PT-1). The proportion (decision to execute any one of the patterns PT-7) is set to 60% which is the same proportion regardless of the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1, and the proportion (pattern to determine the reach announcement) is set. The ratio (determining the execution of PT-8 or pattern PT9) is set to 40% which is the same ratio regardless of the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine. Similarly, paying attention to the variable display effect to be executed in the second period, the ratio of deciding execution of setting suggestion (the ratio of deciding execution of any of pattern PT-1 to pattern PT-7) is set for the pachinko gaming machine 1. Regardless of the set value that is set, it is set to the same ratio of 40%, and the ratio that determines the reach announcement (the ratio that determines the execution of pattern PT-8 or pattern PT9) is set in the pachinko gaming machine. The same ratio is set to 60% regardless of the set value.

Therefore, even if the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is any of 1 to 6, in the variable display effect (first variable display effect) executed in the first period The setting suggestion is executed at a rate of 60% and the reach notice is executed at a rate of 40%, and it is always set at a rate of 40% in the variable display effect during the second period (second variable display effect). Since the suggestion is executed and the reach announcement is executed at a rate of 60%, the player can be expected to execute the setting suggestion in the same manner.

In addition, in the second embodiment, since the variable display effect can be executed a plurality of times in one variable display, the chance of providing the reach notice or setting suggestion in one variable display increases, so that the interest is improved. ..

More specifically, when it is possible to execute only the reach announcement alone in relation to the display result of one variable display, regarding setting suggestion, timings other than the variable display (for example, ending of the big hit game state and variable display Although it is possible to independently execute (when not executing), it is during the execution period of the variable display that the player pays most attention when he is playing the game. Therefore, in the variable display effect during which both the reach notice and the setting suggestion can be executed, not only the setting suggestion can be executed during the execution period of the variable display that the player pays the most attention, but also in the second embodiment. As described above, by making it possible to execute the variable display effect multiple times in one variable display, it is possible not only to increase the chances of executing the setting suggestion, but also to increase the chances of executing the setting suggestion, as described above. If it is executed at a higher rate than the above, it is possible to execute the setting suggestion and the reach announcement in a well-balanced manner without hindering the execution of the reach announcement even in the variation pattern of the big hit.

Further, in the second embodiment, when the execution of the variable display effect is decided, an example is shown in which either the reach announcement or the setting suggestion is executed in both the first period and the second period. The invention is not limited to this, and in at least one of the first period and the second period, the non-execution of neither the reach announcement nor the setting suggestion may be determined.

When the non-execution can be determined in this way, even if the execution rate of the setting suggestion is set to be the same in the first period and the second period, if the execution rate of the reach announcement is different in the first period and the second period. Can be made. Further, even if the execution rate of the reach announcement is set to be the same in the first period and the second period, the execution rate of the setting suggestion can be made different in the first period and the second period.

(Second invention)
As described above, the present embodiment includes the second invention described below. That is, conventionally, in a gaming machine that can be controlled in an advantageous state that is advantageous to the player, the variable display result is a big hit by changing the set value, as described in, for example, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2010-200902. There was something that could change the probability that (the probability of being controlled to an advantageous state). In the gaming machine described in the above patent publication, it is possible to execute a setting suggesting effect that suggests a setting value depending on the type of animal displayed, but for example, a notice effect that suggests that the jackpot state is an advantageous state and When any of the setting suggestive effects can be executed, no consideration is given to which effect is prioritized, and the setting suggestive effect is set to a set value when controlled in an advantageous state. Then, there was a problem that the performance became inappropriate. Therefore, for the purpose of providing a gaming machine that can prevent the production from becoming inappropriate,
The gaming machine of the means 1 of the second invention,
It can be controlled to an advantageous state that is advantageous to the player (for example, a jackpot gaming state), and is set to any one of a plurality of set values (for example, set values 1 to 6) with different degrees of advantage for the player. A possible gaming machine (for example, a pachinko gaming machine 1),
Predetermined effect execution means capable of executing a predetermined effect in any one of a plurality of kinds of effect modes (for example, the effect control CPU 120 selects one of patterns PT-1 to PT-7 as the effect during variable display). Setting suggestion based on, or a part capable of executing a reach announcement based on patterns PT-8 and PT-9),
The effect mode of the predetermined effect is a special mode (for example, reach announcement based on the special pattern PT-8 or pattern PT-9) that suggests that the advantageous state is controlled, and a setting suggestion. A specific mode (for example, a setting suggestion based on any of the patterns PT-1 to PT-7, which is a specific pattern),
When the predetermined effect execution means is capable of executing both the special effect of the special aspect and the predetermined effect of the specific aspect when executing the predetermined effect a plurality of times (for example, in FIG. As shown, during normal reach and super reach variable display), during the second number of times after the first number of times among the plurality of times, the number of times of the first number of times is greater than when the predetermined effect is executed. The special effect in the special mode can be executed at a higher rate when the predetermined effect is executed (for example, as shown in FIG. Reach based on the pattern PT-8 or the pattern PT-9 which is a special pattern when the variable display effect is executed in the second period after the first period than when the variable display effect is performed by the (The part that executes the notice at a high rate)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, since the special effect in the special mode is easily executed as the predetermined effect is repeatedly executed, it is possible to increase the expectation for the advantageous state at a timing close to one game result.
More specifically, as shown in FIG. 8-22, in the variable display effect which is executed in the second period, the reach warning is executed more easily than in the variable display effect which is executed in the first period. It is possible to increase the sense of expectation that the jackpot gaming state is controlled during the second period, which is closer to the timing when the variable display ends than the one period.

A gaming machine of means 2 of the second invention is the gaming machine according to means 1,
When the predetermined effect is executed in the second number of times, the predetermined effect execution means can execute the predetermined effect of the specific aspect at a rate lower than a rate of executing the predetermined effect of the specific aspect in the first number of times. There is (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-22 as the second embodiment, in the second period after the first period than in the case where the effect control CPU 120 executes the variable display effect in the first period. (A part that executes setting suggestion based on any one of patterns PT-1 to PT-7 that is a specific pattern when executing the variable display effect)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, it is possible to prevent the expectation for the advantageous state from being lowered by facilitating the execution of the predetermined effect in the specific mode at a timing close to one game result.
Specifically, even if non-execution can not be determined as the variable display effect, it is possible to determine the reach announcement at a higher rate in the second period than in the first period.

A gaming machine according to means 3 of the second invention is the gaming machine according to means 1 or 2,
The predetermined effect execution means,
When the predetermined effect is executed in the first number of times, the predetermined effect of the specific aspect can be executed at a higher rate than the predetermined effect of the special aspect (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-22 as Example 2). When the effect control CPU 120 executes the variable display effect in the first period, the setting suggestion based on any one of the specific patterns PT-1 to PT-7 is used as the special pattern PT-. 8 or the portion executed at a higher rate than the reach announcement based on the pattern PT-9),
When performing the predetermined effect in the second number of times, the predetermined effect of the special mode can be executed at a higher rate than the predetermined effect of the specific mode (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-22 as Example 2). When the effect control CPU 120 executes the variable display effect in the second period, the reach announcement based on the special pattern PT-8 or the pattern PT-9 is the specific pattern PT-1 to PT-1. (A part that executes at a higher rate than the setting suggestion based on any of PT-7)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, as the predetermined effect is repeatedly executed, the special effect in the special mode is easily executed, while the predetermined effect in the specific mode is difficult to be executed, so that the advantageous state is achieved at a timing close to one game result. Expectation can be suitably increased.

A gaming machine of means 4 of the second invention is the gaming machine according to any one of means 1 to 3,
The gaming machine is capable of variably displaying (for example, as shown in FIG. 5, the CPU 103 executes a special symbol variation process to perform a variably displaying of special symbols, and a production control as shown in FIG. 7. CPU120 for performing the variable display during the effect processing, the variable display of the decorative pattern is executed),
The predetermined effect execution means can execute the predetermined effect a plurality of times in one variable display (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-21 as the second embodiment, the effect control CPU 120 causes the normal reach effect to be started more than the start of the normal reach effect). (A portion in which the variable display effect can be executed in the first period and the second period which are the previous periods)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the opportunity to be provided with the special effect of the special mode or the specific mode in one variable display increases, so that the interest is improved.

In the second embodiment, as shown in FIG. 8-21, a mode in which the variable display effect can be executed in the first period and the second period before the start of the reach effect is illustrated, but the present invention is not limited to this. The present invention is not limited to this, and the variable display effect may be executable even during the reach effect.

A gaming machine according to means 5 of the second invention is the gaming machine according to any one of means 1 to 4,
The gaming machine is capable of variably displaying (for example, as shown in FIG. 5, the CPU 103 executes a special symbol variation process to perform a variably displaying of special symbols, and a production control as shown in FIG. 7. CPU120 for performing the variable display during the effect processing, the variable display of the decorative pattern is executed),
The predetermined effect execution means is capable of executing the predetermined effect a plurality of times over a plurality of times of variable display (for example, the effect control CPU 120 displays a variable display (target change) based on the pending storage that is the target of the prefetching notice). (A part that executes reach announcement or setting suggestion as a look-ahead announcement for target variation over multiple variable displays until it starts)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the special effect of the special mode or the predetermined effect of the setting specific mode can be executed before the variable display as one game result is started, so that the interest is improved.

A gaming machine according to means 6 of the second invention is the gaming machine according to any one of means 1 to 5,
The predetermined effect execution means is capable of executing a special effect in a special mode that suggests that the control is performed in the advantageous state and that also indicates a setting (for example, the effect control CPU 120 notifies the reach announcement and the setting suggestion). When both are feasible, a specific image suggesting both the big hit and the maximum setting (setting value 6) (for example, when the image Z1 of the paraglider is displayed, the paraglider in which the character appears moves). (Such as images))
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, it is possible to effectively increase the player's expectation that the predetermined aspect of the special aspect or the special aspect different from the specific aspect is executed, so that the interest of the game can be improved.

(Third invention)
As described above, this embodiment includes the following third invention. That is, conventionally, in a gaming machine that can be controlled in an advantageous state that is advantageous to the player, the variable display result is a big hit by changing the set value, as described in, for example, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2010-200902. There was something that could change the probability that (the probability of being controlled to an advantageous state). In the gaming machine described in the above patent publication, it is possible to execute a setting suggestion effect that suggests a setting value depending on the type of animal displayed, but for example, in the case where such a setting suggestion effect can be repeatedly executed a plurality of times. However, since there is no consideration about how to execute the setting suggestion effect in the first and second times of the plurality of times, there is a problem that the effect may be inappropriate. .. Therefore, for the purpose of providing a gaming machine that can prevent the production from becoming inappropriate,
The gaming machine of the means 1 of the third invention,
It can be controlled to an advantageous state that is advantageous to the player (for example, a jackpot gaming state), and is set to any one of a plurality of set values (for example, set values 1 to 6) with different degrees of advantage for the player. A possible gaming machine (for example, a pachinko gaming machine 1),
A predetermined effect execution means capable of executing a predetermined effect in one of a plurality of effect modes (for example, the effect control CPU 120 can execute a variable display effect);
The presentation mode of the predetermined performance is a first suggestion mode (e.g., setting suggestion (low) based on pattern PT-1 to pattern PT-4) that makes a suggestion about the setting, and a setting and a type suggested by the first suggestion mode. A second suggestion mode (e.g., suggesting settings (high) based on pattern PT-5 to pattern PT-7) for making a suggestion regarding different settings of
When the predetermined effect execution means can execute both the predetermined effect of the first suggestion mode and the predetermined effect of the second suggestion mode when executing the predetermined effect a plurality of times (for example, as a second embodiment, FIG. As shown in 8-21, during normal reach and super reach variable display), a plurality of times after the first number of times are performed after the predetermined effect is performed a first number of times. The predetermined effect of the second suggestive aspect can be executed at a higher rate when the predetermined effect is executed in the second number of times (for example, FIGS. 8-23 to 8-26 and FIGS. 8-28 to 8). As shown in −31, when the effect control CPU 120 can execute the variable display effect during the first period and the second period during the variable display of the normal reach or the super reach as in the second and third embodiments, (A portion that executes setting suggestion (strong) at a higher rate when executing the variable display effect during the second period than when performing the variable display effect during the first period)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the predetermined effect of the second suggestion mode is easily executed as the predetermined effect is repeatedly executed, and therefore, the player's expectation for the execution of the predetermined effect of the second suggestion mode is maintained. You can
Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 8-23 to 8-26, the setting suggestion (strong) is set in the variable display effect performed in the second period than in the variable display effect performed in the first period. Is easily executed, it is possible to maintain the player's expectation that the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is a high set value such as 4 to 6.

In the second embodiment, the setting suggestion (low) based on any of the patterns PT-1 to PT-4, which is the first suggestion mode for making a suggestion regarding the setting, suggests an odd number setting or an even number setting. The setting suggestion (high) based on any of the patterns PT-5 to PT-7, which is the second suggestion aspect for making a suggestion about the setting different from the setting suggested by the mode, indicates a mode suggesting the intermediate setting or higher or the maximum setting. Although illustrated, the present invention is not limited to this, and the second suggestion mode may be any one as long as it suggests settings different from the settings suggested in the first suggestion mode, for example, the first suggestion. The set value suggested by the aspect and the set value suggested by the second suggestive aspect may be different set values (for example, the first suggestive aspect suggests the set value 1 and the second suggestive aspect sets the set value 1). Value 6 or the first suggestion mode suggests odd setting values 1, 3, 5 and the second suggestion mode suggests even setting 2, 4, 6) The set value common to both the set value to be set and the set value to be suggested in the second suggestive aspect may be included (for example, the first suggestive aspect suggests the set values 1 to 4, and the second suggestive aspect is In the case of suggesting set values 3 to 6 above the middle), even if one of the first suggestive aspect and the second suggestive aspect is a suggestion regarding the setting change, and the other is an suggestion regarding the set value being set. Good. That is, not only the setting values suggested by the first suggestive aspect and the second suggestive aspect differ, but also the setting subject to suggestion when the set values suggested by the first suggestive aspect and the second suggestive aspect are plural. It includes things with different numbers and ranges of values, or things with different suggestions.

A gaming machine according to means 2 of the third invention is the gaming machine according to means 1,
The predetermined effect executing means includes the first suggestion mode and the second suggestion mode when the predetermined effect is executed at the first number of times and when the predetermined effect is executed at the second number of times. The predetermined effect of the aspect can be executed at the same ratio (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-27 as the third embodiment, when the effect control CPU 120 executes the variable display effect in the first period and (A part where the setting suggestion based on any of the patterns PT-1 to PT-7 is executed at the same rate when the variable display effect is executed in the second period after the first period)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, it is possible to expect the execution of the predetermined effect of the specific aspect to be the same regardless of whether the predetermined effect of the specific aspect is executed the first number of times or the second number of times.
Specifically, the execution ratio of the entire setting suggestion is set to be the same in the first period and the second period (or the ratio of the second period is lower than that of the first period), and then the variable display is performed during the first period. Avoiding excessive setting suggestion by executing the setting suggestion (strong) at a higher rate when executing the variable display effect in the second period than when executing At the same time, it is possible to increase the player's expectation that the value is high.

A gaming machine according to means 3 of the third invention is the gaming machine according to means 1 or 2,
The predetermined effect execution means,
It is possible to execute a predetermined effect of a special mode (for example, reach announcement based on a special pattern PT-8 or a pattern PT-9) that suggests that the advantageous state is controlled.
When the predetermined effect is executed for the second number of times, the predetermined effect of the special mode can be executed at a rate higher than that for executing the predetermined effect of the special mode for the first number of times (for example, Example 2). As shown in FIG. 8-22, the effect control CPU 120 executes the variable display effect in the second period after the first period, as compared with the case of executing the variable display effect in the first period. In the case where the reach announcement based on the pattern PT-8 or the pattern PT-9, which is a special pattern, is executed at a high rate)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the rate of execution of the special effect in the special mode increases as the predetermined effect is repeatedly executed, so that the sense of expectation for the advantageous state can be increased at a timing close to one game result.
In the second embodiment, if the execution ratio of the entire setting suggestion is the same in the first period and the second period, the setting suggestion (strong) can be executed at a higher rate in the second period than in the first period. On the other hand, the reach announcement can be executed at a higher rate in the second period than in the first period.

A gaming machine of means 4 of the third invention is the gaming machine according to any one of means 1 to 3,
The gaming machine is capable of variably displaying (for example, as shown in FIG. 5, the CPU 103 executes a special symbol variation process to perform a variably displaying of special symbols, and a production control as shown in FIG. 7. CPU120 for performing the variable display during the effect processing, the variable display of the decorative pattern is executed),
The predetermined effect execution means can execute the predetermined effect a plurality of times in one variable display (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-21 as the second embodiment, the effect control CPU 120 causes the normal reach effect to be started more than the start of the normal reach effect). (A portion in which the variable display effect can be executed in the first period and the second period which are the previous periods)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the opportunity to be provided with the special effect of the special mode or the specific mode in one variable display increases, so that the interest is improved.

A gaming machine according to means 5 of the third invention is the gaming machine according to any one of means 1 to 4,
The gaming machine is capable of variably displaying (for example, as shown in FIG. 5, the CPU 103 executes a special symbol variation process to perform a variably displaying of special symbols, and a production control as shown in FIG. 7. CPU120 for performing the variable display during the effect processing, the variable display of the decorative pattern is executed),
The predetermined effect execution means is capable of executing the predetermined effect a plurality of times over a plurality of times of variable display (for example, the effect control CPU 120 displays a variable display (target change) based on the pending storage that is the target of the prefetching notice). (A part that executes reach announcement or setting suggestion as a look-ahead announcement for target variation over multiple variable displays until it starts)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the special effect of the special mode or the predetermined effect of the setting specific mode can be executed before the variable display as one game result is started, so that the interest is improved.

A gaming machine according to means 6 of the third invention is the gaming machine according to any one of means 1 to 5,
The predetermined effect execution means is capable of executing a special effect in a special mode that suggests that the control is performed in the advantageous state and that also indicates a setting (for example, the effect control CPU 120 notifies the reach announcement and the setting suggestion). When both are feasible, a specific image suggesting both the big hit and the maximum setting (setting value 6) (for example, when the image Z1 of the paraglider is displayed, the paraglider in which the character appears moves). (Such as images))
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, it is possible to effectively increase the player's expectation that the predetermined aspect of the special aspect or the special aspect different from the specific aspect is executed, so that the interest of the game can be improved.

(4th invention)
As described above, the present embodiment includes the following fourth invention. That is, conventionally, in a gaming machine that can be controlled in an advantageous state that is advantageous to the player, the variable display result is a big hit by changing the set value, as described in, for example, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2010-200902. There was something that could change the probability that (the probability of being controlled to an advantageous state). In the gaming machine described in the above patent publication, it is possible to execute a setting suggestion effect that suggests a setting value depending on the type of animal displayed, but for example, in the case where such a setting suggestion effect can be repeatedly executed a plurality of times. However, since there is no consideration about how to execute the setting suggestion effect in the first and second times of the plurality of times, there is a problem that the effect may be inappropriate. .. Therefore, for the purpose of providing a gaming machine that can prevent the production from becoming inappropriate,
The gaming machine of the means 1 of the fourth invention,
It can be controlled to an advantageous state that is advantageous to the player (for example, a jackpot gaming state), and is set to any one of a plurality of set values (for example, set values 1 to 6) with different degrees of advantage for the player. A possible gaming machine (for example, a pachinko gaming machine 1),
Predetermined effect execution means capable of executing a predetermined effect in one of a plurality of kinds of effect modes (for example, the effect control CPU 120 selects one of the patterns PT-1 to PT-7 as the effect during variable display). Setting suggestion based on, or a portion capable of executing reach announcement based on the pattern PT-8 or PT-9),
The effect mode of the predetermined effect is a special mode (for example, reach announcement based on the special pattern PT-8 or pattern PT-9) that suggests that the advantageous state is controlled, and a setting suggestion. A specific mode (for example, a setting suggestion based on any of the patterns PT-1 to PT-7, which is a specific pattern),
The predetermined effect execution means,
The predetermined effect can be executed a plurality of times (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-21 as Example 2, the variable display effect can be executed in the first period and the second period before the reach effect is started. part),
The predetermined effect of the specific aspect is set when the predetermined effect is executed a first number of times, and when the predetermined effect is executed a second number of times after the first number of times. It can be executed at different ratios (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-22 as the second embodiment, when the effect control CPU 120 executes the variable display effect in the first period and after the first period. (The ratio of executing the setting suggestion based on any of the patterns PT-1 to PT-7 is different from the case of executing the variable display effect in the second period).
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, since the easiness of appearance of the specific effect of the specific mode is different between the first number of times and the second number of times, it is possible to prevent the predetermined effect from becoming monotonous.
Specifically, as shown in FIG. 8-22, the effect control CPU 120 determines the execution of the setting suggestion as the variable display effect in the first period at a higher rate than the execution of the reach notice, while the second period. In the above, by determining the execution of the setting suggestion as a variable display effect at a lower rate than the execution of the reach announcement, not only is it difficult to execute the setting suggestion in the second period which is a timing close to the variable display result. Since the reach announcement is easily executed, the player's expectation for a big hit can be increased. It should be noted that in the first period, execution of setting suggestion may be determined at a lower rate than execution of reach announcement, while in the second period, execution of setting suggestion may be determined at a higher rate than execution of reach announcement. ..

A gaming machine according to means 2 of the fourth invention is the gaming machine according to means 1,
The predetermined effect execution means can execute the predetermined effect of the special aspect at the same rate when the predetermined effect is executed in the first number of times and when the predetermined effect is executed in the second number of times ( For example, when the effect control CPU 120 executes the variable display effect in the first period and the variable display effect in the second period after the first period, the pattern PT-8 is used. Or the part that executes the reach announcement based on the pattern PT-9 at the same ratio)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, it is possible to expect the execution of the special effect of the special aspect to be the same, regardless of whether the predetermined effect of the special aspect is executed the first number of times or the second number of times.
In the second embodiment, if non-execution can be determined, the execution rate of the reach announcement can be made the same while the execution rate of the setting suggestion is made different in the first period and the second period.

The gaming machine of means 3 of the fourth invention is the gaming machine described in means 1,
The predetermined effect execution means can execute the predetermined effect of the special aspect at different ratios when the predetermined effect is executed in the first number of times and when the predetermined effect is executed in the second number of times (for example, As shown in FIG. 8-22 as a second embodiment, the effect control CPU 120 performs variable display during the first period and during the variable display during the second period after the first period. (A part that executes the reach announcement based on the pattern PT-8 or the pattern PT-9 at the same ratio as when performing the effect)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the appearance state of the special effect in the special mode changes between the first number of times and the second number of times, so that the predetermined effect can be prevented from becoming monotonous.
Specifically, in the first period, the execution of the setting suggestion is determined at a higher rate than the execution of the reach announcement, while in the second period, the execution of the setting suggestion is determined at a lower rate than the execution of the reach announcement. In the second period, which is a timing close to the variable display result, not only the setting suggestion is difficult to be executed, but also the reach announcement is easily executed, so that the player's expectation for the big hit can be increased.

A gaming machine of means 4 of the fourth invention is the gaming machine according to any one of means 1 to 3,
When the predetermined effect is executed a predetermined number of times out of a plurality of times, the predetermined effect executing means is different from when the first set value is set among the plurality of set values and when the first set value is different from the first set value. When the two set values are set, the predetermined effect of the special mode can be executed at the same ratio (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-22 as the second embodiment, the effect control CPU 120 can control the first effect). When performing the variable display effect during the period, the part for executing the reach announcement based on the pattern PT-8 or the pattern PT-9 at the same ratio regardless of the set value set, and the effect control CPU 120. (When performing the variable display effect in the second period, the portion that executes the reach announcement based on the pattern PT-8 or the pattern PT-9 at the same ratio regardless of the set value that is set)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the appearance status of the special effect of the special aspect at the predetermined number of times does not change regardless of the set value, so that it is possible to expect the same execution of the special effect of the special aspect.

A gaming machine of means 5 of the fourth invention is the gaming machine according to any one of means 1 to 3,
The predetermined effect executing means, when executing the predetermined effect a predetermined number of times out of a plurality of times, is different from when the first set value is set among the plurality of set values and the second set value which is different from the first set value. When the set value is set, the predetermined effect of the special mode can be executed at different rates (for example, when the effect control CPU 120 executes the variable display effect in the first period, it is set. The setting is performed when the portion for executing the reach announcement based on the pattern PT-8 or the pattern PT-9 at different ratios according to the set value and the effect control CPU 120 executes the variable display effect in the second period. (The part that executes the reach announcement based on the pattern PT-8 or the pattern PT-9 at different rates according to the set value)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the appearance of the special effect of the special aspect in the predetermined number of times changes according to the set value, so that the predetermined effect can be prevented from becoming monotonous.

(Fifth invention)
As described above, the present embodiment includes the following fifth invention. That is, conventionally, in a gaming machine that can be controlled in an advantageous state that is advantageous to the player, the variable display result is a big hit by changing the set value, as described in, for example, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2010-200902. There was something that could change the probability that (the probability of being controlled to an advantageous state). In the gaming machine described in the above patent publication, it is possible to execute a setting suggestion effect that suggests a setting value depending on the type of animal displayed, but for example, in the case where such a setting suggestion effect can be repeatedly executed a plurality of times. However, since there is no consideration about how to execute the setting suggestion effect in the first and second times of the plurality of times, there is a problem that the effect may be inappropriate. .. Therefore, for the purpose of providing a gaming machine that can prevent the production from becoming inappropriate,
The gaming machine of the means 1 of the fifth invention,
It can be controlled to an advantageous state that is advantageous to the player (for example, a jackpot gaming state), and is set to any one of a plurality of set values (for example, set values 1 to 6) with different degrees of advantage for the player. A possible gaming machine (for example, a pachinko gaming machine 1),
Predetermined effect execution means capable of executing a predetermined effect in one of a plurality of kinds of effect modes (for example, the effect control CPU 120 selects one of the patterns PT-1 to PT-7 as the effect during variable display). Setting suggestion based on, or a portion capable of executing reach announcement based on the pattern PT-8 or PT-9),
The effect mode of the predetermined effect is a special mode (for example, reach announcement based on the special pattern PT-8 or pattern PT-9) that suggests that the advantageous state is controlled, and a setting suggestion. A specific mode (for example, a setting suggestion based on any of the patterns PT-1 to PT-7, which is a specific pattern),
The predetermined effect execution means,
The predetermined effect can be executed a plurality of times (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-21 as Example 2, the variable display effect can be executed in the first period and the second period before the reach effect is started. part),
When a first set value is set among the plurality of set values and when a second set value different from the first set value among the plurality of set values is set, a plurality of times is set. Of the predetermined number of times, it is possible to execute the predetermined effect of the specific aspect at the same ratio (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-22 as the second embodiment, regarding the variable display effect executed in the first period, the pachinko game is performed. The setting suggestion is executed at a rate of 60% regardless of the set value set in the machine 1, and the variable display effect to be executed in the second period is set regardless of the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1. 40% of suggestions are executed)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the appearance state of the predetermined effect of the specific aspect at the predetermined number of times does not change regardless of whether the first set value or the second set value is set. You can expect the same for them.
Specifically, as shown in FIG. 8-22 to FIG. 8-26, it is executed in the first period regardless of which of the set values 1 to 6 is set in the pachinko gaming machine 1. There is no change in the ratio (appearance status) in which the setting suggestion is executed as the variable display effect and the ratio (appearance status) in which the setting suggestion is executed as the variable display effect in the second period, that is, the set value is Since the appearance status of the setting suggestion is the same regardless of whether the low setting value or the high setting value is set, it is possible to make it difficult to predict the setting value depending on the appearance status of the setting suggestion.

In the second embodiment, even if the set value of the pachinko gaming machine 1 is set to any one of 1 to 6, the setting suggestion is executed as the variable display effect during the first period. Although the ratio (appearance status) that is performed and the ratio (appearance status) at which setting suggestion is executed as the variable display effect executed in the second period are not changed, the present invention is not limited to this. Rather, a ratio (appearance status) at which setting suggestion is executed as a variable display effect during the first period for at least two setting values (for example, 1 and 2) of the plurality of setting values 1 to 6. If the ratio (appearance status) in which the setting suggestion is executed as the variable display effect performed in the second period is the same, the setting values other than the two setting values (for example, 3 to 6) are set to the first value. The ratio (appearance status) in which the setting suggestion is executed may not be the same in the first period and the second period.

Further, only in one of the variable display effect during the variable display effect executed in the first period and the variable display effect in the second period, 1 to 6 as the set value for the pachinko gaming machine 1 Irrespective of which value is set, the ratio (appearance status) at which the setting suggestion is executed as the variable display effect during the first period and the variable display effect during the second period The ratio (appearance status) at which the setting suggestion is executed may not change.

A gaming machine according to means 2 of the fifth invention is the gaming machine according to means 1,
The predetermined effect execution means performs the special effect at a first number of times among a plurality of times and when the predetermined effect is performed at a second number of times after the first number of times among the plurality of times. It is possible to execute the predetermined effect of the aspect at the same ratio (for example, when the effect control CPU 120 executes the variable display effect in the first period and in the second period. Then, the part that executes the reach announcement based on the patterns PT-8 and PT-9 at the same ratio)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, it is possible to expect the execution of the special effect of the special aspect to be the same, regardless of whether the predetermined effect of the special aspect is executed the first number of times or the second number of times.

A gaming machine according to means 3 of the fifth invention is the gaming machine according to means 1,
The predetermined effect execution means performs the special effect at a first number of times among a plurality of times and when the predetermined effect is performed at a second number of times after the first number of times among the plurality of times. It is possible to execute the predetermined effect of the aspect at different ratios (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-22 as the second embodiment, when the effect control CPU 120 executes the variable display effect in the first period and the first effect). (A part where the reach announcement based on the patterns PT-8 and PT-9 is executed at different rates when the variable display effect is executed in the second period after one period)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the appearance state of the special effect in the special mode changes between the first number of times and the second number of times, so that the predetermined effect can be prevented from becoming monotonous.

A gaming machine according to means 4 of the fifth invention is the gaming machine according to any one of means 1 to 3,
When the predetermined effect is executed a predetermined number of times out of a plurality of times, the predetermined effect executing means is different from when the first set value is set among the plurality of set values and when the first set value is different from the first set value. When the two set values are set, it is possible to execute the predetermined effect of the special mode at the same ratio (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-22 as the second embodiment, the variable effect executed in the first period). The reach announcement is executed at a rate of 40% regardless of the set value set for the pachinko gaming machine 1 for the display effect, and the pachinko gaming machine 1 is set for the variable display effect executed in the second period. (The part that executes the reach warning at a rate of 60% regardless of the set value)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the appearance status of the special effect of the special aspect at the predetermined number of times does not change regardless of the set value, so that it is possible to expect the same execution of the special effect of the special aspect.
Specifically, since the appearance state of the reach announcement is the same regardless of which of the set values is set, it is possible to make it difficult to predict the set value depending on the appearance state of the reach announcement.

A gaming machine according to means 5 of the fifth invention is the gaming machine according to any one of means 1 to 3,
The predetermined effect executing means, when executing the predetermined effect a predetermined number of times out of a plurality of times, is different from when the first set value is set among the plurality of set values and the second set value which is different from the first set value. When the set value is set, it is possible to execute the predetermined effect of the special mode at a different rate (for example, when the effect control CPU 120 executes the variable display effect in the first period, it is set. It is set in a portion for executing the reach announcement based on the patterns PT-8 and PT-9 at different ratios according to the set value and in the case where the effect control CPU 120 executes the variable display effect in the second period. (The part that executes the reach announcement based on the patterns PT-8 and PT-9 at different rates according to the set value)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the appearance of the special effect of the special aspect in the predetermined number of times changes according to the set value, so that the predetermined effect can be prevented from becoming monotonous.

In the second embodiment, the first period and the second period are exemplified to be set between the start timing of the variable display and the start timing of the reach effect of the normal reach, but the present invention is not limited to this. However, the period other than the above can be set as long as it is the period from the start of the variable display to the end of displaying the variable display result. For example, the first period is from the start to the end of normal reach, the second period is from the start to the end of super reach, the first period is from the start of normal reach or super reach, and the second period is the normal reach. Or until the end of the super reach, or the variation pattern is, while the variable display of the decorative pattern is temporarily stopped by temporarily changing the decorative pattern and then the variable display is restarted, one variable display is simulated multiple times. In the case of a pseudo-repeated variation pattern accompanied by a pseudo rendition that is displayed like the variable display of No. 1, the first period is the start timing of the first revariable display, the second period is the start timing of the second revariable display, etc. , The variable display period may be corresponded.

In the second embodiment, the variable display effect can be executed twice during one variable display, and if the same number of variable display effects is achieved, the reach is reached regardless of the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1. An example is shown in which the execution of the advance notice and the execution of the setting suggestion are determined at the same rate. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and as shown in FIG. 8-27(A) and FIG. 8-27(B) as the third embodiment, two variable display effect during one variable display. When it is possible to execute the game once, even if it is the same number of times during the variable display performance, the execution of the reach announcement and the execution of the setting suggestion are determined at different ratios according to the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1. You may.

When execution of the variable display effect is determined, as shown in FIGS. 8-27(A) and 8-27(B), the variable display effect and the second period executed in the first period are executed. The execution of the setting suggestion and the reach notice are determined at the same rate for the variable display effect executed in step 1.

Here, as shown in FIGS. 8-28 and 8-29, focusing on the case where the variation pattern is normal reach, when the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 1, in the first period. The effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display to be executed is determined as pattern PT-1 to pattern PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} at a rate of 64%, and pattern PT5 to pattern PT at a rate of 1%. -8 {setting suggestion (high)}, pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} at 30%, pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} at 5% decide. Further, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the second period is determined to be pattern PT-1 to pattern PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} at a rate of 63%, and a rate of 2%. Pattern PT5 to pattern PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)}, pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} at a rate of 30%, and pattern PT-9 {reach at a rate of 5%. Notice (high)} is decided.

When the setting value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 2, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the first period is the pattern PT-1 to the pattern at a rate of 58.8%. PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} is determined, pattern PT5 to pattern PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)} is determined at a rate of 1.2%, and pattern PT-8 {reach is determined at a rate of 35%. Notice (low)}, and pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} at a rate of 5%. In addition, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display that is executed in the second period is determined to be pattern PT-1 to pattern PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} at a rate of 57.8%. The pattern PT5 to the pattern PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)} is determined at a rate of 2%, the pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} is determined at a rate of 35%, and the pattern PT is determined at a rate of 5%. Decide on -9 {reach notice (high)}.

When the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 3, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the first period is the pattern PT-1 to the pattern at a rate of 53.5%. PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} is determined, pattern PT5 to pattern PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)} is determined at a rate of 1.5%, and pattern PT-8 {reach is determined at a rate of 40%. Notice (low)}, and pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} at a rate of 5%. In addition, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the second period is determined to be pattern PT-1 to pattern PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} at a rate of 52.5%, and 2. The pattern PT5 to the pattern PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)} is determined at a rate of 5%, the pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} is determined at a rate of 40%, and the pattern PT is determined at a rate of 5%. Decide on -9 {Reach Notice (High)}.

When the set value set for the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 4, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the first period is the pattern PT-1 to the pattern PT- at a rate of 48%. 4 {setting suggestion (low)}, pattern PT5 to pattern PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)} at a rate of 2%, and pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low) at a rate of 45% }, and pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} at a rate of 5%. Further, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the second period is determined to be pattern PT-1 to pattern PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} at a rate of 47%, and a rate of 3%. Pattern PT5 to pattern PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)}, pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} at a rate of 45%, and pattern PT-9 {reach at a rate of 5%. Notice (high)} is decided.

When the setting value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 5, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the first period is the pattern PT-1 to the pattern at a rate of 41.5%. PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} is determined, pattern PT5 to pattern PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)} is determined at a rate of 3.5%, and pattern PT-8 {reach is determined at a rate of 50%. Notice (low)}, and pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} at a rate of 5%. In addition, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the second period is determined to be pattern PT-1 to pattern PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} at a rate of 41.5%. The pattern PT5 to the pattern PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)} is determined at a rate of 5%, the pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} is determined at a rate of 50%, and the pattern PT is determined at a rate of 5%. Decide on -9 {Reach Notice (High)}.

When the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 6, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the first period is the pattern PT-1 to the pattern PT- at a rate of 35%. 4 {setting suggestion (low)}, 5% pattern PT5 to pattern PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)}, 55% pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low) }, and the pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} at a rate of 5%. In addition, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the second period is determined to be 34% of the patterns PT-1 to PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)}, and the ratio of 6%. Pattern PT5 to pattern PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)}, pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} at a rate of 55%, and pattern PT-9 {reach at a rate of 5%. Notice (high)} is decided.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 8-30 and 8-31, focusing on the case where the variation pattern is super reach, when the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 1, in the first period. The effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display to be executed is determined to any of the patterns PT-1 to PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} at a rate of 64% and the pattern PT5 at a rate of 1%. ~ Pattern PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)}, pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} at a rate of 17.5%, pattern PT at a rate of 17.5% Decide on -9 {reach notice (high)}. Further, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the second period is determined to be any of pattern PT-1 to pattern PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} at a rate of 63%, and 2 % Of the patterns PT5 to PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)}, 5% of the patterns PT-8 {reach notice (low)}, and 30% of the patterns. The pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} is determined.

When the setting value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 2, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the first period is the pattern PT-1 to the pattern at a rate of 58.8%. PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)}, and 1.2% of the patterns PT5 to PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)}, and 20% of the patterns. The pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} is determined, and the pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} is determined at a rate of 20%. Also, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the second period is determined to be any of the patterns PT-1 to PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} at a rate of 57.8%. At a rate of 2.2%, the pattern PT5 to the pattern PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)} is determined, and at a rate of 5%, the pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} is determined, and 35 The pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} is determined at a rate of %.

When the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 3, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the first period is the pattern PT-1 to the pattern at a rate of 53.5%. PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} is determined, and at a rate of 1.5%, any one of pattern PT5 to pattern PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)} is determined and 22.5% The pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} is determined at a rate, and the pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} is determined at a rate of 22.5%. In addition, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the second period is determined to be any of pattern PT-1 to pattern PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} at a rate of 52.5%. , PT-5 to PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)} at a rate of 2.5%, and pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} at a rate of 5%, 40 The pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} is determined at a rate of %.

When the set value set for the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 4, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the first period is the pattern PT-1 to the pattern PT- at a rate of 48%. 4 {setting suggestion (low)}, 2% of the patterns PT5 to PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)}, and 25% of the patterns PT-8 {Reach notice (low)} is determined, and pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} is determined at a rate of 25%. Moreover, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the second period is determined to be any of the patterns PT-1 to PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} at a rate of 47%, and 3 % Of the patterns PT5 to PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)}, 5% of the patterns PT-8 {reach notice (low)}, and 45% of the patterns. The pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} is determined.

When the setting value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 5, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the first period is the pattern PT-1 to the pattern at a rate of 41.5%. PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)}, and at a rate of 3.5%, it is determined as any of pattern PT5 to pattern PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)}, and 27.5%. The pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} is determined in proportion, and the pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} is determined in proportion of 27.5%. Further, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the second period is determined to be any of pattern PT-1 to pattern PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} at a rate of 40.5%. , 4.5% at any of the patterns PT5 to PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)}, and at 5% at the pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)}, 50 The pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} is determined at a rate of %.

When the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 6, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the first period is the pattern PT-1 to the pattern PT- at a rate of 35%. 4 {setting suggestion (low)}, 5% of the patterns PT5 to PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)}, and 30% of the patterns PT-8 {Reach notice (low)} is determined, and pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} is determined at a rate of 30%. Moreover, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the second period is determined to be any of the patterns PT-1 to PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} at a rate of 34%, and 6 % Of the patterns PT5 to PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)}, 5% of the patterns PT-8 {reach notice (low)}, and 55% of the patterns. The pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} is determined.

As described above, in the third embodiment, when the execution of the variable display effect is determined, even if the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 1 to 6, The variable display executed in the second period and the rate at which the patterns PT-1 to PT-7 {set value suggestion (low) or setting suggestion (high)} are determined as the effect type of the effect during variable display during execution. Patterns PT-1 to PT-7 {set value suggestion (low) or setting suggestion (high)} are set to be the same as the effect type of the medium effect. Therefore, regardless of whether the setting suggestion is executed in the first period or the second period, the player can expect the same setting suggestion result.

Further, the ratio of pattern PT-8 or pattern PT-9 {reach notice (low) or reach notice (high)} determined as the effect type of the variable display effect performed in the first period and the second period. Pattern PT-8 and pattern PT-9 {reach notice (low) or reach notice (high)} are set to be the same as the effect type of the variable display effect that is executed as a result. Therefore, regardless of whether the reach announcement is executed in the first period or the second period, the player can expect the advantageous state suggestion result in the same manner.

On the other hand, in the case of performing the variable display effect in the first period or the second period, when the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is the first set value (for example, the set value 1) and the second Since the ratio of determining the patterns PT-1 to PT-7 {set value suggestion (low) or set value suggestion (high)} as the effect type is different from when the set value (for example, set value 6). Since the appearance status of the setting suggestion in the first period or the second period changes depending on which of the first setting value and the second setting value is set, it is possible to prevent the variable display effect from becoming monotonous.

In addition, in the variable display in-stage effect executed in the first period and the variable display in-stage effect executed in the second period, each time the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 becomes large, a pattern is produced as an effect type. The rate of determination of PT-1 to PT-7 {set value suggestion (low) or set value suggestion (high)} decreases, and pattern PT-8 or pattern PT-9 {reach notice (low) or reach notice ( High)} is increased. Therefore, when the pachinko gaming machine 1 is set to a high setting value (for example, 5, 6), the setting suggestion is made more than when the pachinko gaming machine 1 is set to a low setting value (for example, 1 to 4). Is difficult to be executed, it is difficult for the player recognizing the effect during variable display to specify the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1.

Further, as in the second embodiment, in the third embodiment, the variable display effect that is executed in the second period is more effective as the effect type in the pattern PT-9 than the variable display effect that is executed in the first period. The rate at which {setting suggestion (high)} is determined is set high. That is, since the reach announcement based on the pattern PT-9 is easily executed as the variable display effect is repeatedly executed, the player's expectation for the variable display effect being executed on the pattern PT-9 is maintained. Can be made

In addition, in the third embodiment, as shown in FIG. 8-27, even when the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is any of 1 to 6, during variable display executed in the first period. The proportions in which the patterns PT-1 to PT-7 {set value suggestion (low) or set value suggestion (high)} are determined are the same in the production and the variable display production performed in the second period, and Although the pattern PT-8 and the pattern PT-9 {reach notice (low) and reach notice (high)} are illustrated in the same proportion, the present invention is not limited to this. , Even if the set values set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 are the same, the pattern PT-1 is used in the variable display effect during the first period and the variable display effect during the second period. ~PT-7 {set value suggestion (low) or set value suggestion (high)} may be determined in different proportions, and pattern PT-8 or pattern PT-9 {reach notice (low) or reach notice (High)} may be determined at different rates.

In the third embodiment, the effect control CPU 120 performs the same variable display effect during the variable display effect during the first period and the variable display effect during the second period. Although the form in which the setting suggestion is executed in the ratio is exemplified, the present invention is not limited to this, and the case where the effect control CPU 120 executes the variable display effect in the first period and the second period. The setting suggestion may be executed at different ratios as the variable display effect when executing the variable display effect. By doing so, the ratio (appearance rate) at which the setting suggestion is executed changes depending on whether the variable display effect is executed in the first period or the variable display effect is executed in the second period. Therefore, it is possible to suppress monotonous effects during variable display.

Further, in the third embodiment, as shown in FIG. 8-27, the effect control CPU 120 performs the variable display effect during the first period (first variable display effect) or the variable display effect during the second period. In the case of executing the reach announcement as the medium presentation (second variable display during the presentation), an example is shown in which the reach announcement is executed at the same number of times at different ratios according to the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the variable display effect (first variable display effect) executed by the effect control CPU 120 in the first period and the variable display effect executed in the second period. When executing the reach announcement as the (second variable display effect), if the same number of variable display effects is given, the reach announcement is given at the same ratio regardless of the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1. You may execute. By doing so, if the same number of times of variable display during production, the ratio (appearance status) at which the reach notice is executed does not change according to the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1. The player can be expected to expect the reach announcement to be executed in the variable display effect executed in the first period and the variable display effect executed in the second period.

(Sixth invention)
As described above, this embodiment includes the sixth invention described below. That is, conventionally, in a gaming machine that can be controlled in an advantageous state that is advantageous to the player, the variable display result is a big hit by changing the set value, as described in, for example, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2010-200902. There was something that could change the probability that (the probability of being controlled to an advantageous state). In the gaming machine described in the above patent publication, it is possible to execute a setting suggestion effect that suggests a setting value depending on the type of animal displayed, but for example, in the case where such a setting suggestion effect can be repeatedly executed a plurality of times. However, since there is no consideration about how to execute the setting suggestion effect in the first and second times of the plurality of times, there is a problem that the effect may be inappropriate. .. Therefore, for the purpose of providing a gaming machine that can prevent the production from becoming inappropriate,
The gaming machine of the means 1 of the sixth invention,
It can be controlled to an advantageous state that is advantageous to the player (for example, a jackpot gaming state), and is set to any one of a plurality of set values (for example, set values 1 to 6) with different degrees of advantage for the player. A possible gaming machine (for example, a pachinko gaming machine 1),
Predetermined effect execution means capable of executing a predetermined effect in one of a plurality of kinds of effect modes (for example, the effect control CPU 120 selects one of the patterns PT-1 to PT-7 as the effect during variable display). Setting suggestion based on, or a portion capable of executing reach announcement based on the pattern PT-8 or PT-9),
The effect mode of the predetermined effect is a special mode (for example, reach announcement based on the special pattern PT-8 or pattern PT-9) that suggests that the advantageous state is controlled, and a setting suggestion. A specific mode (for example, a setting suggestion based on any of the patterns PT-1 to PT-7, which is a specific pattern),
The predetermined effect execution means,
The predetermined effect can be executed a plurality of times (for example, as shown in the third embodiment, a variable display effect can be executed in the first period and the second period before the reach effect is started).
The predetermined effect of the specific aspect is set when the predetermined effect is executed a first number of times, and when the predetermined effect is executed a second number of times after the first number of times. Execution is possible at the same ratio (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-27 as the third embodiment, when the effect control CPU 120 executes the variable display effect in the first period and in the first period. (The part that executes the setting suggestion at the same rate as when performing the variable display effect in the second period later)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, it is possible to expect the execution of the predetermined effect of the specific aspect to be the same regardless of whether the predetermined effect of the specific aspect is executed the first number of times or the second number of times.
More specifically, as shown in FIG. 8-27, the effect control CPU 120 performs the variable display effect during the first period and the variable display effect during the second period. Since the setting suggestion is executed at the same ratio (65% in the example shown in FIG. 8-27) as the medium effect, the variable display during effect executed in the first period and the variable display during effect executed in the second period are set. Players can be similarly expected to have their suggestions performed.

A gaming machine according to means 2 of the sixth invention is the gaming machine according to means 1,
The predetermined effect execution means can execute the predetermined effect of the special aspect at the same rate when the predetermined effect is executed in the first number of times and when the predetermined effect is executed in the second number of times ( For example, as shown in FIG. 8-27 as Example 3, the effect control CPU 120 performs variable display during the variable display during the first period and variable display during the second period after the first period. (A part that executes the reach announcement based on the pattern PT-8 or the pattern PT-9 at the same ratio as when executing the medium effect)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, it is possible to expect the execution of the special effect of the special aspect to be the same, regardless of whether the predetermined effect of the special aspect is executed the first number of times or the second number of times.

A gaming machine according to means 3 of the sixth invention is the gaming machine according to means 1,
The predetermined effect execution means can execute the predetermined effect of the special aspect at different ratios when the predetermined effect is executed in the first number of times and when the predetermined effect is executed in the second number of times (for example, The pattern in which the effect control CPU 120 executes the variable display effect in the second period after the first period is a special pattern rather than the variable display effect in the first period. (The part that executes the reach announcement based on PT-8 or pattern PT-9 at a high rate)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the appearance state of the special effect in the special mode changes between the first number of times and the second number of times, so that the predetermined effect can be prevented from becoming monotonous.
In the third embodiment, if the non-execution can be determined, the execution rate of the reach notification can be different while the execution rate of the setting suggestion is the same in the first period and the second period.

A gaming machine of means 4 of the sixth invention is the gaming machine according to any one of means 1 to 3,
When the predetermined effect is executed a predetermined number of times out of a plurality of times, the predetermined effect executing means is different from when the first set value is set among the plurality of set values and when the first set value is different from the first set value. When the two set values are set, the predetermined effect of the special mode can be executed at the same rate (for example, when the effect control CPU 120 executes the variable display effect in the first period, In the case where the part that executes the reach announcement based on the pattern PT-8 or the pattern PT-9 at the same ratio regardless of the set value that is set and the effect control CPU 120 executes the variable display effect in the second period. , The portion that executes the reach announcement based on the pattern PT-8 or the pattern PT-9 at the same ratio regardless of the set value)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the appearance status of the special effect of the special aspect at the predetermined number of times does not change regardless of the set value, so that it is possible to expect the same execution of the special effect of the special aspect.
Specifically, since the appearance state of the reach announcement is the same regardless of which of the set values is set, it is possible to make it difficult to predict the set value depending on the appearance state of the reach announcement.

A gaming machine of means 5 of a sixth invention is the gaming machine according to any one of means 1 to 3,
The predetermined effect executing means, when executing the predetermined effect a predetermined number of times out of a plurality of times, is different from when the first set value is set among the plurality of set values and the second set value which is different from the first set value. When the set value is set, the predetermined effect of the special mode can be executed at different rates (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-27 as the third embodiment, the effect control CPU 120 causes the first effect in the first period. In the case of executing the variable display effect by means of a portion for executing the reach announcement based on the pattern PT-8 or the pattern PT-9 at different rates according to the set value, and the effect control CPU 120 for the second period. In the case of executing the variable display effect in, the portion for executing the reach announcement based on the pattern PT-8 or the pattern PT-9 at different rates according to the set value that is set)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the appearance of the special effect of the special aspect in the predetermined number of times changes according to the set value, so that the predetermined effect can be prevented from becoming monotonous.

(Seventh invention)
As described above, this embodiment includes the seventh invention described below. That is, conventionally, in a gaming machine that can be controlled in an advantageous state that is advantageous to the player, the variable display result is a big hit by changing the set value, as described in, for example, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2010-200902. There was something that could change the probability that (the probability of being controlled to an advantageous state). In the gaming machine described in the above patent publication, it is possible to execute a setting suggestion effect that suggests a setting value depending on the type of animal displayed, but for example, in the case where such a setting suggestion effect can be repeatedly executed a plurality of times. However, since there is no consideration about how to execute the setting suggestion effect in the first and second times of the plurality of times, there is a problem that the effect may be inappropriate. .. Therefore, for the purpose of providing a gaming machine that can prevent the production from becoming inappropriate,
The gaming machine of the means 1 of the seventh invention,
It is possible to control to an advantageous state that is advantageous to the player (for example, a jackpot gaming state), and set to any set value (for example, set values 1 to 6) of a plurality of set values that have different degrees of advantage for the player. A possible gaming machine (for example, a pachinko gaming machine 1),
Predetermined effect execution means capable of executing a predetermined effect in one of a plurality of kinds of effect modes (for example, the effect control CPU 120 selects one of the patterns PT-1 to PT-7 as the effect during variable display). Setting suggestion based on, or a portion capable of executing reach announcement based on the pattern PT-8 or PT-9),
The effect mode of the predetermined effect is a special mode (for example, reach announcement based on the special pattern PT-8 or pattern PT-9) that suggests that the advantageous state is controlled, and a setting suggestion. A specific mode (for example, a setting suggestion based on any of the patterns PT-1 to PT-7, which is a specific pattern),
The predetermined effect execution means,
It is possible to execute the predetermined effect a plurality of times (for example, a portion in which the variable display effect can be executed in the first period and the second period before the reach effect is started).
When a first set value is set among the plurality of set values and when a second set value different from the first set value among the plurality of set values is set, a plurality of times is set. Of the predetermined number of times, the predetermined effect of the specific aspect can be executed at different ratios (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-27 as the third embodiment, the effect control CPU 120 performs the variable display effect during the first period. In the case of execution, a portion that can execute setting suggestion based on any of the patterns PT-1 to PT-7 at different rates depending on the set value being set)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the appearance state of the predetermined effect of the specific aspect in the predetermined number of times changes depending on which of the first set value and the second set value is set, so that the predetermined effect can be prevented from becoming monotonous. ..
Specifically, as shown in FIG. 8-27 to FIG. 8-31, the effect control CPU 120 variably displays in the first period depending on whether the value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 1 to 6. Since the execution rate (appearance status) of the setting suggestion changes depending on whether the intermediate presentation is performed or the variable display intermediate presentation is performed in the second period, the player can determine not only the setting suggestion result but also the predetermined number of times. It is possible to predict the setting value by the appearance situation of the setting suggestion in.

A gaming machine according to means 2 of the seventh invention is the gaming machine according to means 1,
The predetermined effect execution means performs the special effect at a first number of times among a plurality of times and when the predetermined effect is performed at a second number of times after the first number of times among the plurality of times. It is possible to execute the predetermined effect of the aspect at the same ratio (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-27 as the third embodiment, the case where the effect control CPU 120 executes the variable display effect in the first period and the second effect). (A part that can execute reach announcement based on the patterns PT-8 and PT-9 at the same ratio as in the case of performing the variable display effect during the period)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, it is possible to expect the execution of the special effect of the special aspect to be the same, regardless of whether the predetermined effect of the special aspect is executed the first number of times or the second number of times.

A gaming machine according to means 3 of the seventh invention is the gaming machine according to means 1,
The predetermined effect execution means performs the special effect at a first number of times among a plurality of times and when the predetermined effect is performed at a second number of times after the first number of times among the plurality of times. It is possible to execute the predetermined effect of the aspect at different rates (for example, in the case where the effect control CPU 120 executes the variable display effect in the first period and the variable display effect in the second period, (A part that can execute reach announcement based on patterns PT-8 and PT-9 at different ratios)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the appearance state of the special effect in the special mode changes between the first number of times and the second number of times, so that the predetermined effect can be prevented from becoming monotonous.

A gaming machine according to means 4 of the seventh invention is the gaming machine according to any one of means 1 to 3,
When the predetermined effect is executed a predetermined number of times out of a plurality of times, the predetermined effect executing means is different from when the first set value is set among the plurality of set values and when the first set value is different from the first set value. When the two set values are set, the predetermined effect of the special mode can be executed at the same rate (for example, when the effect control CPU 120 executes the variable display effect in the first period, In the case where the part that executes the reach announcement based on the pattern PT-8 or the pattern PT-9 at the same ratio regardless of the set value that is set and the effect control CPU 120 executes the variable display effect in the second period. , The portion that executes the reach announcement based on the pattern PT-8 or the pattern PT-9 at the same ratio regardless of the set value)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the appearance status of the special effect of the special aspect at the predetermined number of times does not change regardless of the set value, so that it is possible to expect the same execution of the special effect of the special aspect.
Specifically, since the appearance state of the reach announcement is the same regardless of which of the set values is set, it is possible to make it difficult to predict the set value depending on the appearance state of the reach announcement.

A gaming machine according to means 5 of the seventh invention is the gaming machine according to any one of means 1 to 3,
The predetermined effect executing means, when executing the predetermined effect a predetermined number of times out of a plurality of times, is different from when the first set value is set among the plurality of set values and the second set value which is different from the first set value. When the set value is set, the predetermined effect of the special mode can be executed at different rates (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-27 as the third embodiment, the effect control CPU 120 causes the first effect in the first period. In the case of executing the variable display effect by means of a portion for executing the reach announcement based on the pattern PT-8 or the pattern PT-9 at different rates according to the set value, and the effect control CPU 120 for the second period. In the case of executing the variable display effect in, the portion for executing the reach announcement based on the pattern PT-8 or the pattern PT-9 at different rates according to the set value that is set)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the appearance of the special effect of the special aspect in the predetermined number of times changes according to the set value, so that the predetermined effect can be prevented from becoming monotonous.

In Example 2 and Example 3 of the characteristic part 103SG of the above-mentioned embodiment, the variable display effect can be executed twice during one variable display, and when the execution of the variable display effect is decided, the first period In the second and second periods, an example of deciding whether to execute the reach announcement or the setting suggestion based on the variation pattern and the set value is illustrated, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the first period is not limited to this. Decides whether to execute the reach announcement or the setting suggestion based on the set value regardless of the variation pattern, while for the second period, the reach announcement and the set suggestion are made based on the variation pattern and the set value. It may be determined which one is to be executed, that is, which one of the first period and the second period is to be executed with different determination criteria.

For example, as shown in FIG. 8-32 as Example 4, for the variation patterns of normal reach and super reach, the first period from the start timing of the variable display to the start timing of the reach effect of the normal reach and the first period. The variable display effect can be executed in the second period after the one period. In addition, since the variable display time is short for executing the variable display effect more than once for the non-reach or small hit variation patterns, in the fourth embodiment, the variable display effect execution target is the normal reach and super reach variation patterns. Limited to.

In the fourth embodiment, in the above-described variable display effect determination process, when the variation pattern is normal reach or super reach, the type of variable display effect is determined based on the set value for the first period, For the second period, a process of determining the type of effect during variable display is executed based on the variation pattern. In the following, the variable display effect determination process in the fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 8-33.

As shown in FIG. 8-33, in the variable display effect determination process, the effect control CPU 120 first specifies a variation pattern (103SGS311). The variation pattern can be specified by the variation pattern designation command stored in the variation pattern designation command storage area as described above. Then, it is determined whether the specified variation pattern is normal reach or super reach (103SGS312), and in the case of normal reach or super reach, the process proceeds to 103SG313, in the case other than normal reach or super reach, that is, in the non-reach or small hit variation pattern. In this case, the variable display effect is not the target of the variable display effect, so the variable display effect determining process is ended.

When the variation pattern in 103SGS312 is normal reach or super reach, the setting value stored in the RAM 102 is read to identify the current setting value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 (103SGS313). Next, based on the setting value specified by 103SGS313, presence/absence of execution of the variable display effect during the first period, and effect type (effect pattern) when executing the variable display effect execution determination table (not shown). (Normal reach/super reach common) is used to determine (103SGS314).

As shown in FIG. 8-34(A), in 103SGS314, the effect control CPU 120 uses the variable display effect effect execution determination table that is common to the variation patterns of normal reach or super reach, to reach reach notification, setting suggestion, and non-execution. To decide one of. Specifically, when the setting value is 1, the effect control CPU 120 determines the execution of the reach warning (low) at a rate of 40%, the setting suggestion at a rate of 40%, and the non-execution at a rate of 10%. Determined by the ratio. Further, in the case of the setting value 6, the execution of the reach warning (low) is determined at a rate of 40%, the setting suggestion is determined at a rate of 55%, and the non-execution is determined at a rate of 5%. Although the execution ratios corresponding to the set values 2 to 5 are omitted here, the reach notice is determined by the common execution ratio regardless of the set values 1 to 6, and the setting suggestion is set. The larger the value, the higher the setting suggestion execution rate and the setting suggestion (high) execution rate.

Specifically, as shown in FIG. 8-35, focusing on the variable display effect type determination ratio in the first period, if the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 1, the first period The effect type (effect pattern) of the variable display effect to be executed is determined to be non-execution at a rate of 20%, and set to pattern PT-1 to pattern PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} at a rate of 39%. Then, the pattern PT5 to the pattern PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)} is determined at a rate of 1%, and the pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} is determined at a rate of 40%.

When the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 2, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the first period is determined not to be executed at a rate of 18%, and 40. The pattern PT-1 to the pattern PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} is determined at a rate of 8%, and the pattern PT5 to the pattern PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)} is determined at a rate of 1.2%, The pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} is determined at a rate of 40%.

When the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 3, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the first period is determined not to be executed at a rate of 15%, and 43. The pattern PT-1 to the pattern PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} is determined at a rate of 5%, and the pattern PT5 to the pattern PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)} is determined at a rate of 1.5%, The pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} is determined at a rate of 40%.

When the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 4, it is determined that the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during the variable display to be executed in the first period is not executed at a rate of 12.5%, The pattern PT-1 to the pattern PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} is determined at a rate of 45.5%, and the pattern PT5 to the pattern PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)} is determined at a rate of 2%, The pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} is determined at a rate of 40%.

When the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 5, it is determined that the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the first period is non-executed at a rate of 10%, and 46. The pattern PT-1 to the pattern PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} is determined at a rate of 5%, and the pattern PT5 to the pattern PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)} is determined at a rate of 3.5%, The pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} is determined at a rate of 40%.

When the setting value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 6, it is determined that the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display that is executed in the first period is non-executed at a rate of 5%, and 50%. The pattern PT-1 to the pattern PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} is determined at a rate of 40%, and the pattern PT5 to the pattern PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)} is determined at a rate of 5% and a rate of 40%. Then, the pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} is determined.

Returning to FIG. 8-33, it is determined whether the execution of the variable display effect in the first period is determined in 103SGS314 (103SGS315), and when the execution is determined, the determined effect type (patterns PT-1 to PT). (Any one of −9) is stored in a predetermined area of the RAM 122 (103SGS316), and a variable display effect production execution determination flag indicating that execution of the variable display effect during the first period is determined is set (103SGS317), Proceed to 103SGS318. When the execution is not determined in 103SGS315, that is, when the non-execution is determined, the process proceeds to 103SGS318.

Next, in 103SGS318, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not the variation pattern is the normal reach (103SGS318), and when it is determined to be the normal reach, based on the identified variation pattern and the set value, the second control is performed. Whether or not to execute the variable display effect during the period and the effect type (effect pattern) to be executed are determined using a variable display effect execution determination table (for normal reach) not shown (103SGS319).

As shown in FIG. 8-34(B), in 103SGS319, the effect control CPU 120 uses the variable display effect execution determination table for normal reach to determine one of reach advance notice, setting suggestion, and non-execution. Specifically, when the setting value is 1, the effect control CPU 120 determines that the reach warning (low) is executed at a rate of 60%, the setting suggestion is determined at a rate of 35%, and the non-execution is executed at a rate of 5%. Determine by percentage. Further, in the case of the setting value 6, the execution of the reach warning (low) is determined at a rate of 60%, the setting suggestion is determined at a rate of 35%, and the non-execution is determined at a rate of 5%. Although the execution ratios corresponding to the set values 2 to 5 are omitted here, the reach announcement and the setting suggestion are determined by the common execution ratio regardless of the set values 1 to 6, and the setting suggestion ( “High” is set such that the execution rate increases as the set value increases.

Specifically, as shown in FIG. 8-36, focusing on the case of normal reach regarding the noticeable presentation type determination ratio during variable display in the second period, when the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 1. Determines non-execution of the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the first period at a rate of 5%, and patterns PT-1 to PT-4 at a rate of 33% {setting suggestion ( Low)}, 2% of the patterns PT5 to PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)}, and 55% of the patterns PT-8 {reach notice (low)}. The pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} is determined at a rate of 5%.

If the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 2, it is determined that the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display that is executed in the first period is non-executed at a rate of 5%, and 32. The pattern PT-1 to the pattern PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} is determined at a rate of 8%, and the pattern PT5 to the pattern PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)} is determined at a rate of 2.2%, The pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} is determined at a rate of 55%, and the pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} is determined at a rate of 5%.

When the set value set for the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 3, it is determined that the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the first period is non-executed at a rate of 5%, and 32. The pattern PT-1 to the pattern PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} is determined at a rate of 5%, and the pattern PT5 to the pattern PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)} is determined at a rate of 2.5%, The pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} is determined at a rate of 55%, and the pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} is determined at a rate of 5%.

When the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 4, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the first period is determined to be non-executed at a rate of 5%, and 32%. The pattern PT-1 to the pattern PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} is determined at a rate of 3%, the pattern PT5 to the pattern PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)} is determined at a rate of 3%, and a rate of 55%. Then, the pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} is determined, and the pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} is determined at a rate of 5%.

When the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 5, it is determined that the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display that is executed in the first period is non-executed at a rate of 5%. The pattern PT-1 to the pattern PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} is determined at a rate of 5%, and the pattern PT5 to the pattern PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)} is determined at a rate of 4.5%, The pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} is determined at a rate of 55%, and the pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} is determined at a rate of 5%.

When the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 6, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the first period is determined to be non-executed at a rate of 5%, and 29%. The pattern PT-1 to the pattern PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} is determined at a rate of 6%, the pattern PT5 to the pattern PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)} is determined at a rate of 6%, and the rate 55%. The pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} is determined, and the pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} is determined at a rate of 5%.

Further, when it is determined in 103SGS318 that the variation pattern is not the normal reach, that is, the super reach, whether or not the variable display effect is executed in the second period is executed based on the identified variation pattern and the set value. The effect type (effect pattern) when performing is determined using a variable display effect effect execution determination table (for super reach) not shown (103SGS320).

As shown in FIG. 8-34(C), in 103SGS320, the effect control CPU 120 uses the variable display effect execution determination table for super reach to determine any one of reach advance notice, setting suggestion, and non-execution. .. Specifically, for the setting value 1 and the setting value 6, the CPU 120 for effect control determines the execution of the reach warning (low) at a rate of 60%, the setting suggestion at a rate of 40%, and the non-execution. Do not decide. Although the execution ratios corresponding to the set values 2 to 5 are omitted here, the reach announcement and the setting suggestion are determined by the common execution ratio regardless of the set values 1 to 6, and the setting suggestion ( “High” is set such that the execution rate increases as the set value increases.

Specifically, as shown in FIG. 8-36, if attention is paid to the case of super reach regarding the noticeable presentation type determination ratio during variable display in the second period, the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 1. In this case, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the first period is determined to be pattern PT-1 to pattern PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} at a rate of 36% and 4%. The pattern PT5 to the pattern PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)} is determined by the ratio, the pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low)} is determined by the ratio of 5%, and the pattern PT-9{ is determined by the ratio of 55%. Reach notice (high)}.

When the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 2, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the first period is the pattern PT-1 to the pattern at a rate of 35.8%. PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} is determined, pattern PT5 to pattern PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)} is determined at a rate of 4.2%, and pattern PT-8 {reach is determined at a rate of 5%. Notice (low)}, and pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} at a rate of 55%.

When the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 3, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the first period is the pattern PT-1 to the pattern 35.5%. PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} is determined, pattern PT5 to pattern PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)} is determined at a rate of 4.5%, and pattern PT-8 {reach is determined at a rate of 5%. Notice (low)}, and pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} at a rate of 55%.

When the setting value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 4, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during the variable display executed in the first period is the pattern PT-1 to the pattern PT- at a rate of 35%. 4 {setting suggestion (low)}, pattern PT5 to pattern PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)} at a rate of 5%, and pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low) at a rate of 5% }, and pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} at a rate of 55%.

When the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 5, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the first period is the pattern PT-1 to the pattern at a rate of 33.5%. PT-4 {setting suggestion (low)} is determined, pattern PT5 to pattern PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)} is determined at a rate of 6.5%, and pattern PT-8 {reach is determined at a rate of 5%. Notice (low)}, and pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} at a rate of 55%.

When the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 6, the effect type (effect pattern) of the effect during variable display executed in the first period is the pattern PT-1 to the pattern PT- at a rate of 32%. 4 {setting suggestion (low)}, pattern PT5 to pattern PT-8 {setting suggestion (high)} at a rate of 8%, and pattern PT-8 {reach notice (low) at a rate of 5% }, and pattern PT-9 {reach notice (high)} at a rate of 55%.

Returning to FIG. 8-33, it is determined whether or not the execution of the variable display effect in the second period is determined in 103SGS319 or 103SGS320 (103SGS321), and when the execution is determined, the determined effect type (pattern PT-1 ~ PT-9) is stored in a predetermined area of the RAM 122 (103SGS322), and a variable display effect production execution determination flag indicating that execution of variable display effect in the second period is determined is set (103SGS323). ), the effect during variable display is ended. If the execution is not determined in 103SGS321, that is, if the non-execution is determined, the variable display effect is ended.

As described above, in the fourth embodiment, when the variable display effect is executed in the first period of a plurality of times, the installation value is 1 to 1 regardless of whether the variation pattern is normal reach or super reach. It is determined whether to execute the setting suggestion based on which of the six, and the variable display effect is executed in the second period depending on whether the variation pattern is normal reach or super reach. Reach advance notice or setting suggestion is determined based on a separate determination table. In other words, since the judgment criteria regarding whether to execute the reach announcement or the setting suggestion are different between the first period and the second period, it is possible to prevent the variable display effect from becoming monotonous.

Further, since the setting suggestion execution rate in the first period is higher than the setting suggestion execution rate in the second period, the setting suggestion is likely to be executed in the first period, while the reach announcement is made in the second period. Since it is easier to execute, the setting suggestion is not likely to be executed in both the first period and the second period even though the normal reach or the super reach is achieved in the second period. Since the reach announcement is executed in the first period and the setting suggestion is not likely to be executed in the second period, it is possible to execute the setting suggestion and the reach announcement in a well-balanced manner.

Further, since the execution rate of the reach announcement in the second period is higher than the execution rate of the reach announcement in the first period, it is variably displayed by executing the reach announcement in both the first period and the second period. It is possible to prevent the middle presentation from becoming monotonous. However, as shown in FIGS. 8-35 to 8-37, paying attention to each set value, when the effect during variable display is executed in the first period, regardless of the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1. When determining the execution of the reach notice at the same rate (40%) and executing the variable display effect in the second period, the reach notice is executed regardless of the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1. The determination is made at the same rate (60%). Therefore, in the variable display mid-stage effect executed in the first period and the variable display mid-stage effect executed in the second period, regardless of the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1, the reach announcement is executed. In the same way, the player can be focused.

Further, even if the set value is a high setting (for example, the set values 5, 6 etc.), in the case of normal reach or super reach, not only the reach warning is more easily executed than the set suggestion in the second period, but the super reach In this case, since the reach notice (high) is easily executed, it is possible to suppress the player's expectation for the big hit.

Furthermore, even if the setting suggestion is decided to be executed in the second period, the setting suggestion (high) is easily executed compared to the case where the setting suggestion is decided to be executed in the first period. Even when is executed, it is possible to increase the player's expectation for the high setting.

Further, in the first period, when the set value is 1, the execution of the reach announcement and the setting suggestion are determined at the same rate, whereas when the set value is 6, that is, the set values are 1, 2, Since the setting suggestion is determined to be executed at a higher rate than the reach announcement as the order becomes higher in the order of 3, 4, 5, 6, the setting suggestion is more likely to appear at the higher setting, so that the player sets the set value. It is easier to predict.

In the fourth embodiment, as shown in FIG. 8-34, when the effect control CPU 120 executes the variable display effect (first variable display effect) in the first period and in the second period. An example is shown in which the execution of the reach announcement is determined at different ratios when the variable display effect (second variable display effect) is executed, but the present invention is not limited to this. The reach control may be determined at the same rate when the effect control CPU 120 executes the variable display effect in the first period and the variable display effect in the second period. .. By doing so, the player can be expected to have the same expectation for the execution of the reach announcement in the first variable display effect and the second variable display effect.

Further, in the fourth embodiment, as shown in FIG. 8-34, if the same number of times of variable display production is performed, the reach warning is executed at the same ratio regardless of the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1. Although the form to determine is illustrated, the present invention is not limited to this, and in the production during the variable display of the same number of times, the reach advance notice is executed according to the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1. May be determined at different rates. By doing so, it is possible to prevent the execution of the same effect type from being determined for the first variable display effect and the second variable display effect, so that the variable display effect is monotonous. Can be suppressed.

(Eighth invention)
As described above, this embodiment includes the eighth invention described below. That is, conventionally, in a gaming machine that can be controlled in an advantageous state that is advantageous to the player, the variable display result is a big hit by changing the set value, as described in, for example, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2010-200902. There was something that could change the probability that (the probability of being controlled to an advantageous state). In the gaming machine described in the above patent publication, it is possible to execute a setting suggestion effect that suggests a setting value depending on the type of animal displayed, but for example, in the case where such a setting suggestion effect can be repeatedly executed a plurality of times. However, since there is no consideration about how to execute the setting suggestion effect in the first and second times of the plurality of times, there is a problem that the effect may be inappropriate. .. Therefore, for the purpose of providing a gaming machine that can prevent the production from becoming inappropriate,
A gaming machine according to means 1 of the eighth invention,
It can be controlled to an advantageous state that is advantageous to the player (for example, a jackpot gaming state), and is set to any one of a plurality of set values (for example, set values 1 to 6) with different degrees of advantage for the player. A possible gaming machine (for example, a pachinko gaming machine 1),
A variable display pattern determining means capable of determining one variable display pattern from a plurality of variable display patterns (for example, the CPU 103 determines whether the display result is “big hit” or “small hit” in the change pattern setting process of S111). Based on the pre-determined result of whether or not, the fluctuation pattern is determined by using a random value for determining the fluctuation pattern)
A variable display means capable of executing a variable display according to the determined variable display pattern (for example, the effect control CPU 120, in the effect display during variable display, displays the decorative pattern based on the display result and the change pattern specified by the effect control command. Part that executes variable display),
A predetermined effect determination unit that determines one of a plurality of types of effect modes of the predetermined effect (for example, in the variable display effect determination process, among the patterns PT-1 to PT-9 as the effect pattern of the variable display effect). Part that determines which from),
Based on the determination result of the predetermined effect determination means, a predetermined effect execution means capable of executing the predetermined effect (for example, the effect control CPU 120 is based on any of the patterns PT-1 to PT-7 as the variable display effect). Setting suggestion, or a part that can execute reach announcement based on the patterns PT-8 and PT-9
Equipped with
The effect mode of the predetermined effect is a special mode (for example, reach announcement based on the special pattern PT-8 or pattern PT-9) that suggests that the advantageous state is controlled, and a setting suggestion. A specific mode (for example, a setting suggestion based on any of the patterns PT-1 to PT-7, which is a specific pattern),
The predetermined effect execution means,
The predetermined effect can be executed a plurality of times (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-32 as Example 4, a portion in which the variable display effect can be executed in the first period and the second period before the reach effect is started). ),
Based on at least the set value that has been set, the performance mode of the predetermined performance executed a first number of times is determined (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-33 as Example 4, performance control is performed). CPU120 determines the effect type of the effect during variable display based on the set value in the effect during variable display during the first period),
Based on at least the variable display pattern determined by the variable display pattern determining means, a performance mode of the predetermined performance executed in a second number of times after the first number of times is determined (for example, an embodiment). As shown in FIG. 8-33 as 4, the effect control CPU 120 determines the effect type of the effect during variable display based on the set value and the variation pattern set in the effect during variable display in the second period. )
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the determination standard for determining the effect mode of the predetermined effect is different between the first number of times and the second number of times, so that the predetermined effect can be prevented from becoming monotonous.
More specifically, as shown in FIG. 8-33, when determining the effect type of the variable display effect (first variable display effect) in the first period, the variable display is being performed based on the variable pattern of the variable display. Determine the production type of production * Is it a set value? (103SGS314) On the other hand, when determining the effect type of the variable display effect (second variable display effect) in the second period, the variation pattern of the variable display and the setting set in the pachinko gaming machine 1. The effect type of the effect during variable display is determined based on the value (see 103SGS319 and 103SGS320). That is, since the determination criteria for determining the effect type are different between the first variable display effect and the second variable display effect, the first variable display effect and the second variable display effect are different. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the execution of the same effect type from being determined, and it is possible to prevent the effect during the variable display from becoming monotonous.

A gaming machine according to means 2 of the eighth invention is the gaming machine according to means 1,
The predetermined effect execution means can execute the predetermined effect of the special aspect at the same rate when the predetermined effect is executed in the first number of times and when the predetermined effect is executed in the second number of times ( For example, the effect control CPU 120 gives a reach announcement based on the pattern PT-8 or the pattern PT-9 depending on whether the variable display effect is executed in the first period or the variable display effect is executed in the second period. (The part executed at the same rate)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, it is possible to expect the execution of the special effect of the special aspect to be the same, regardless of whether the predetermined effect of the special aspect is executed the first number of times or the second number of times.

A gaming machine according to means 3 of the eighth invention is the gaming machine according to means 1,
The predetermined effect execution means can execute the predetermined effect of the special aspect at different ratios when the predetermined effect is executed in the first number of times and when the predetermined effect is executed in the second number of times (for example, As illustrated in FIG. 8-34 as the fourth embodiment, the pattern control PT 120 performs the pattern PT depending on whether the variable display effect is performed in the first period or the variable display effect is performed in the second period. -8 or the part that executes reach announcement based on pattern PT-9 at different rates)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the appearance state of the special effect in the special mode changes between the first number of times and the second number of times, so that the predetermined effect can be prevented from becoming monotonous.

A gaming machine according to means 4 of the eighth invention is the gaming machine according to any one of means 1 to 3,
When the predetermined effect is executed a predetermined number of times out of a plurality of times, the predetermined effect executing means is different from when the first set value is set among the plurality of set values and when the first set value is different from the first set value. When the two set values are set, the predetermined effect of the special mode can be executed at the same ratio (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-34 as the fourth embodiment, the effect control CPU 120 makes the first effect). When performing the variable display effect during the period, a portion for executing the reach announcement based on the pattern PT-8 or the pattern PT-9 at the same ratio regardless of the set value set, and the effect control CPU 120. (When performing the variable display effect for two periods, regardless of the set value, the reach announcement based on the pattern PT-8 or the pattern PT-9 is executed at the same ratio)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the appearance status of the special effect of the special aspect at the predetermined number of times does not change regardless of the set value, so that it is possible to expect the same execution of the special effect of the special aspect.

A gaming machine according to means 5 of the eighth invention is the gaming machine according to any one of means 1 to 3,
The predetermined effect executing means, when executing the predetermined effect a predetermined number of times out of a plurality of times, is different from when the first set value is set among the plurality of set values and the second set value which is different from the first set value. When the set value is set, the predetermined effect of the special mode can be executed at different ratios (for example, when the effect control CPU 120 executes the variable display effect in the first period, it is set. It is set in a case where the reach announcement based on the pattern PT-8 or the pattern PT-9 is executed at different ratios according to the set value and the effect control CPU 120 executes the variable display effect in the second period. (The part that executes the reach announcement based on the pattern PT-8 or the pattern PT-9 at different rates according to the set value)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the appearance of the special effect of the special aspect in the predetermined number of times changes according to the set value, so that the predetermined effect can be prevented from becoming monotonous.

In addition, in the fourth embodiment, the form in which, in the first period, whether to perform the setting suggestion or the reach advance notice is determined regardless of whether the variation pattern is the normal reach or the super reach is illustrated. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and in the first period, regardless of the variation pattern, it is determined whether to execute the setting suggestion or the reach announcement according to only the set value. May be.

Further, in the second period, the form in which the execution of the reach warning is determined with priority over the set suggestion depending on whether the variation pattern is the normal reach or the super reach is illustrated, but the present invention is not limited to this. Alternatively, in the second period, the reach announcement and the setting suggestion may be determined at the same rate depending on whether the variation pattern is normal reach or super reach.

In addition, in the fourth embodiment, in the second period, an example in which whether to reach the advance notice or the setting suggestion is determined depending on whether the variation pattern is the normal reach or the super reach is illustrated, but the present invention is not limited to this. The present invention is not limited to this, and during the second period, not only when the variation pattern is normal reach or super reach, but also when the reach pattern is non-reach or small hit, both reach announcement and setting suggestion are executed. Alternatively, it may be determined.

(Modification 2)
In Examples 2 to 4 of the characteristic portion 103SG of the above-described embodiment, the variable display effect can be executed twice during one variable display, and the variable display is started for the normal reach and super reach change patterns. The form in which the variable display effect can be executed in the first period between the timing and the start timing of the reach effect of the normal reach and the second period after the first period has been exemplified. However, the variable display effect may be performed three times or more during one variable display. In addition, by performing the variable display during these multiple times, the variable display is temporarily stopped during the variable display of the decorative pattern and then the variable display is restarted, so that one variable display is pseudo-variable multiple times. You may make it perform at the timing according to the re-changing of the decorative pattern in the changing pattern accompanied by the pseudo-relational effect.

For example, as a modified example 2 shown in FIG. 8-38, for all the variation patterns of non-reach/small hit, normal reach and super reach, from the start timing of the variable display to the start timing of the reach effect of the normal reach. There is a first period before the temporary stop of the first decorative pattern, and a second period after the first period and corresponding to a re-variable display period after the temporary stop of the first decorative pattern, The variable display effect can be executed with the third period corresponding to the re-variable display period after the third temporary stop of the decorative pattern after the second period.

In the second modification, the first period is exemplified to be executed before the first temporary stop of the decorative design, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the first period is the first time. It is executed according to the re-variable display in the temporary stop of the decorative pattern, the second period is executed in accordance with the re-variable display in the second temporary stop of the decorative pattern, and the third period is in the temporary stop of the third decorative pattern. It may be executed according to the re-variable display.

In the second modification, in the above-described variable display effect determination process, for the first period, any one of the set values 1 to 6 set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 regardless of the change pattern. The effect type of the effect during variable display is determined according to whether it is set to, and for the second period and the third period, variable display is performed based on the set value only when the variation pattern is normal reach or super reach. A process for determining the type of effect is executed.

Specifically, the effect control CPU 120 determines the execution of the setting suggestion at a rate of 100% regardless of the variation pattern in the first period (does not determine execution of the reach warning). It should be noted that the setting suggestion (high) is set to be executed at a higher rate as the set value increases in the order of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. In the second period, only when the variation pattern is normal reach or super reach, the execution of the reach warning is determined at a rate of 40%, and the execution of the setting suggestion is determined at a rate of 60%. It should be noted that the setting suggestion (high) is set to be executed at a higher rate as the set value increases in the order of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. In the third period, only when the variation pattern is normal reach or super reach, the execution of the reach announcement is determined at a rate of 100%, and the execution of the setting suggestion is not determined. It should be noted that the setting suggestion (high) is set to be executed at a higher rate as the set value increases in the order of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.

Further, the ratio of determining the setting suggestion in the second period and the third period is set to be lower than the ratio of determining the setting suggestion in the first period, while the reach advance notice is determined in the first period. By setting the ratio of determining the reach announcement in the second period or the third period to be higher than the ratio, the reach announcement is more likely to be executed than the setting suggestion as the variable display effect is repeatedly executed. Become.

As described above, in the second modified example, when the variable display effect is executed in the first period, one of the effect patterns PT-1 to PT-7 corresponding to the setting suggestion is determined, and the second period or the second period. When performing the variable display effect in three periods, any of the effect patterns PT-1 to PT-9 is determined based on at least the variation pattern. That is, since the determination criteria when the effect control CPU 120 determines the effect mode of the predetermined effect are different between the first period, the second period, and the third period, it is possible to prevent the variable display effect from becoming monotonous.

Specifically, the variation pattern accompanied by the pseudo-relational effect is a variation pattern in which the jackpot expectation degree becomes higher as the number of re-variable display increases in the order of 1, 2, 3... Therefore, in the first period corresponding to the first re-variable display, it is highly likely that the variation pattern is not super reach, so the setting suggestion is executed prior to the reach announcement, and the second re-variable display is performed. In the second period corresponding to the display, the variation pattern is likely to be non-reach, but there is also the possibility of normal reach. Therefore, the setting suggestion is given priority over the reach announcement, and the third revariance is performed. In the third period corresponding to the display, since the change pattern has a high possibility of super-reach, the reach warning is executed prior to the setting suggestion.

By doing so, it is possible to suggest the setting while suppressing that the reach announcement is frequently generated and the reliability of the reach announcement is reduced in the case of a variation pattern involving one or two pseudo continuous effects. On the other hand, it is possible to prevent the setting suggestion from being frequently generated and the player's expectation for a big hit being lowered in the case of a variation pattern involving three pseudo continuous effects.

Further, in the second modification, in the first period when the jackpot reliability is the lowest, the execution of the setting suggestion is determined prior to the reach announcement according to the set value regardless of the variation pattern, so the setting suggestion is preferable. On the other hand, in the second period and the third period when the jackpot reliability is higher than the first period, the execution of the reach warning is set depending on whether the variation pattern is normal reach or super reach. Since the priority is given to the decision, the player's expectation for the big hit can be suitably increased.

In the second modification, the execution of the setting suggestion is determined at a rate of 100% in the first period, but the execution of the setting suggestion is determined at a rate higher than that of the reach announcement in the first period. If so, execution of setting suggestion does not have to be determined at a rate of 100%. Further, in the second period, the form in which the execution of the setting suggestion is determined at a higher rate than the reach announcement is illustrated, but the execution of the reach announcement may be determined at a higher rate than the set suggestion. In the third period, the execution of the reach announcement is determined at a rate of 100%. However, if the execution of the reach announcement is determined at a higher rate than the set suggestion during the third period, the reach announcement is given. Execution need not be 100%.

Further, in the present modification 2, in the first period, execution of the setting suggestion is determined prior to the reach announcement in accordance with the set value regardless of the variation pattern, and in the second period and the third period, the variation pattern is determined. The execution of the reach announcement is prioritized over the setting suggestion depending on whether it is the normal reach or the super reach, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the first period and the second period are not limited thereto. Then, regardless of the variation pattern, the execution of the setting suggestion is determined prior to the reach announcement according to the set value, and in the third period, the reach announcement is executed depending on whether the variation pattern is normal reach or super reach. May be prioritized over the setting suggestion.

Further, in the second modified example, an example in which the execution of the setting suggestion is determined prior to the reach announcement in accordance with the set value in the first period has been exemplified, but the present invention is not limited to this, and a plurality of In the first number of times (for example, the first period or the second period), if the setting suggestion or reach notice is determined at least according to the set value, the setting suggestion or the change pattern is set according to the set value or the variation pattern. The reach announcement may be determined.

Further, in the second modification, in the second period and the third period, the form in which the execution of the reach notification is determined prior to the setting suggestion in accordance with the set value and the variation pattern is illustrated, but the present invention is not limited to this. The present invention is not limited to this, and in the second number (eg, the second period or the third period) after the first number in the plurality of times, the setting suggestion or the reach notice is determined at least according to the variation pattern. If so, the setting suggestion or the reach notice may be determined according to the set value and the variation pattern.

Further, in Examples 2 to 4, as the variable display effect performed in the first period, the setting suggestion is set by setting the rate at which execution of setting suggestion is determined to be higher than the rate at which the reach announcement is determined. Although a mode in which execution is preferentially determined is illustrated, the present invention is not limited to this, and as illustrated in FIG. 8-15 as a first embodiment, during variable display during execution in the first period. As an effect, execution of setting suggestion may be prioritized and decided depending on the order of processing for determining the effect type.

In addition, in Examples 2 to 4, as the variable display effect executed in the second period, the reach announcement is made by setting the rate at which the execution of the reach announcement is determined to be higher than the rate at which the setting suggestion is determined. Although a mode in which execution is preferentially determined is illustrated, the present invention is not limited to this, and as shown in FIG. 8-15 as Example 1, during variable display during execution in the second period. As the effect, the execution of the reach announcement may be prioritized and determined according to the order of the processes for determining the effect type.

Although the embodiments of the present invention have been described above with reference to the drawings, the specific configuration is not limited to these embodiments, and the present invention is applicable even if there are changes and additions without departing from the scope of the present invention. include.

For example, in the above-described embodiment, a mode in which the variable display effect can be executed a plurality of times in one variable display has been illustrated, but the present invention is not limited to this, and a plurality of reach announcements and setting suggestions may be given. It may be executable over the variable display (see means 5 of the second invention).

Specifically, the CPU 103 holds and stores information about variable display (for example, a display result (including a big hit type) and a random number value for determining a variation pattern) whose execution is held when a start winning is generated. The display control and the variation pattern are prefetched based on the extracted random number value, and the determination result is transmitted to the effect control board 12 as an effect control command at the time of starting winning, so that the effect control CPU 120 can: When the pre-reading notice production that predicts the jackpot reliability in the variable display before execution (variable display in which execution is suspended) can be executed, the variable display (target variation) based on the reserved memory that is the target of the pre-reading notice is displayed. Reach notice or setting suggestion as a look-ahead notice for the target change may be executed over a plurality of variable displays until the start.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, the effect control CPU 120 variably displays the images SG1 showing the paraglider displayed in the display area of the image display device 5 in the variable display effect on the 103SG277 at a predetermined timing. The embodiment in which the process of changing the number of images Z1 corresponding to the effect patterns PT-1 to PT-9 determined in the medium effect determination process to the image Z2 indicating that the image Z1 is destroyed and dropped is exemplified. Is not limited to this, and when the operation of the push button 31B (or the stick controller 31A) by the player is detected by the push sensor 35B, the image changes to the image Z2 at a timing corresponding to the operation. It may be allowed to.

Further, when the effect control CPU 120 changes to the image Z2 at the timing according to the operation by the player as described above in the variable display effect, the operation of the push button 31B by the player is performed during the operation valid period of the push button 31B. As an operation promotion effect for prompting, an operation promotion image (for example, a character image such as “continuously hit!” or a button image) may be displayed in the display area of the image display device 5.

Further, when the specific operation of operating push button 31B is detected by push sensor 35B during the effective operation period of push button 31B, effect control CPU 120 displays an operation promotion image that prompts the player to operate push button 31B. Whether or not the push button 31B is operated, it is possible to execute the effect of changing the image Z1 to the image Z2 (destroying and dropping the paraglider) according to the operation of the push button 31B, and the operation of the push button 31B is not detected. In this case, the paraglider may be faded out without being destroyed, that is, the variable display effect may be ended without giving a reach announcement or setting suggestion.

By doing so, the player who knows the specific action can perform the effect of changing the image Z1 to the image Z2 at a desired timing by performing the specific action, so that the enjoyment of the game can be improved. ..

In addition, as the operation promotion effect for promoting the operation of the push button 31B by the player during the operation effective period of the push button 31B, an operation promotion image for promoting the operation of the push button 31B by the player is displayed in the display area of the image display device 5. Although the present invention is not limited to this, for example, the variable display effect is executed without displaying the operation promotion image in the display area of the image display device 5 in which the variable display effect is executed. Even if the operation promotion effect is executed, for example, by illuminating a light emitting portion or the like built in or around the push button 31B provided at a position different from the display area of the image display device 5 which the player pays attention to. Good. By doing so, only the player who knows the specific action or the player who is aware of the light emission can see the reach announcement and the setting suggestion, so that the interest of the game is improved.

Further, in the above embodiment, as a predetermined effect that the effect result is an advantageous state suggestion result, a form has been exemplified in which a reach notice that suggests the possibility of becoming a reach is applied, but the present invention is not limited to this. Not, the predetermined effect that is an advantageous state suggestion result is a stop symbol notice that suggests which symbol the symbol being variably displayed stops, a character notice that the character appears, or a step in which the notice image changes in stages. Various notice effects can be applied as long as they are suggestive effects that suggest the possibility of a big hit, such as an advance notice or a group notice in which a group of predetermined characters crosses the display area.

Further, in the embodiment, the variable display effect has a common effect period common to the reach announcement and the setting suggestion, but the reach announcement and the setting suggestion have different effect modes (corresponding to the common effect period. It may be a separate effect (specifically, there is no period to perform) (specifically, the reach announcement is suggested using a character, the setting suggestion is suggested by a paraglider, etc.). Then, even when the reach announcement and the setting suggestion having different effect modes are simultaneously executed in the same period (same timing), the reach announcement may be executed prior to the setting suggestion.

For example, the first effect image corresponding to the reach notice and the second effect image corresponding to the setting suggestion unlike the first effect image are displayed together in the display area of the image display device 5 in the same period (at the same timing). In this case, for example, the visibility of the first effect image can be improved by making the display area of the first effect image larger than the display area of the second effect image or by changing the display mode such as emission color, brightness, and contrast. It is also possible to execute the reach warning with priority over the setting suggestion by making the display higher than the visibility of the second effect image.

When the effect control CPU 120 can draw an image in a plurality of drawing layers, for example, the first effect image corresponding to the reach announcement is drawn in the first drawing layer among the plurality of drawing layers and is set. When the second effect image corresponding to the suggestion is drawn in the second drawing layer lower than the first drawing layer, the image drawn in the first drawing layer and the second drawing layer in the image display device 5 are drawn. When the displayed image is combined and displayed in an overlapping manner, the first effect image is displayed in an overlapping manner with the second effect image, so that the visibility of the first effect image is higher than that of the second effect image. Thus, it is possible to execute the reach warning prior to the setting suggestion. Further, when the second effect image is drawn on the upper first drawing layer and the first effect image is drawn on the lower second drawing layer, the opacity of the second effect image is higher than that of the first effect image. By lowering the transmittance of the second effect image to be higher than the transmittance of the first effect image, it is possible to execute the reach warning with priority over the setting suggestion.

In addition, by changing the sound mode such as the volume and the sound quality of the sound effect output from the speakers 8L and 8R between the reach announcement and the setting suggestion, the audibility of the sound effect corresponding to the reach announcement corresponds to the suggestion setting. May be made to be more audible than the sound effect, that is, the sound effect corresponding to the reach warning may be heard more easily than the sound effect corresponding to the setting suggestion. As a method of enhancing the audibility of the sound effect corresponding to the reach announcement, for example, not only increasing the volume of the sound effect but also increasing the audibility by decreasing the volume of other sound such as BGM. Good. Note that the sound effect corresponding to the reach announcement is output but the sound effect corresponding to the setting suggestion is not output.

Further, when the effect control CPU 120 has a plurality of reproduction channels (for example, reproduction channels 0 to 31) and can execute control for outputting effect sound from the speakers 8L and 8R using any of the reproduction channels. In, for example, the first effect sound corresponding to the reach announcement can be reproduced on the first reproduction channel, and the second effect sound corresponding to the setting suggestion can be reproduced on the second reproduction channel different from the first reproduction channel. In addition, when the first effect sound and the second effect sound are reproduced from different reproduction channels (first reproduction channel and second reproduction channel) at the same timing, the first effect sound reproduced on the first reproduction channel The audibility of the first effect sound is made higher than the audibility of the second effect sound by differentiating (improving) the volume and sound quality from the volume and sound quality of the second effect sound reproduced on the second reproduction channel, It is also possible to execute the reach warning with priority over the setting suggestion.

In addition, by changing the light emission mode such as the emission color, lighting mode, and brightness of the game effect lamp 9 between the reach warning and the setting suggestion, the visibility of the light emitting mode corresponding to the reach warning can be visually recognized for the effect suggestion. It is also possible to make it easier to visually recognize the light emission mode corresponding to the reach warning than the light emission mode corresponding to the setting suggestion. Note that the light is turned on in response to the reach announcement, but turned off without turning on the light in response to the setting suggestion.

That is, if the reach announcement is executed with priority over the setting suggestion, the effect result is one of the advantageous state suggestion result and the setting suggestion result, as described in the first to fourth embodiments and the modification examples 1 and 2. In addition to increasing the execution rate of reach announcement in the case, when the production result is both the advantageous state suggestion result and the setting suggestion result, the presentation mode such as the reach notice display, sound, and light is more than the production mode of the suggestion setting. Includes prioritization. Furthermore, executing the reach warning with priority over the setting suggestion means that the execution ratio, display, and sound are set so that the effect of the reach announcement given to the player is higher than that of the setting suggestion given to the player. It also includes performing with different production modes such as light, movement of the movable body.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, the setting suggestion exemplifies a mode in which the setting value being set is one of 1 to 6 as the suggestion regarding the setting in the CPU 103, but the present invention is not limited to this. Instead, the suggestion regarding the setting in the CPU 103 may indicate, for example, a possibility that the set value has been changed or a possibility that the set value has not been changed (deferred).

Further, in the above-described embodiment, the example in which the big hit game state is applied is illustrated as an example of the advantageous state advantageous to the player, but the present invention is not limited to this, and prize balls are paid out more than in the normal state. A high base state (time saving state) where the condition is easily established, a high probability game state (high probability state) with a high probability of being a big hit game state, a highly accurate low base state (latency certainty change state), a special reach state (for example, , Super reach, etc.), a state in which the variation pattern is a variation pattern based on the jackpot variation pattern, and the like.

Further, in the above embodiment, the pachinko gaming machine 1 is illustrated as an example of the gaming machine, but the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, a gaming ball having a predetermined number of balls is a gaming machine. The number of balls used for the game is subtracted, while the number of balls used for the game is added, while the number of balls that are circulated inside and lent out according to the player's lending request and the number of prize balls given according to the prize are added. The present invention can be applied to a so-called enclosed game machine that is stored by being stored. In addition, since points and points are given to the player instead of the game balls in these enclosed gaming machines, these given points and points correspond to the game value.

Further, in the above embodiment, a spherical game ball (pachinko ball) is applied as an example of the game medium, but the present invention is not limited to the spherical game medium, and for example, a non-spherical game such as a medal. It may be a medium.

Further, in the above embodiment, the pachinko gaming machine is applied as an example of the gaming machine, but the game can be started by setting a predetermined number of bets for one game using the gaming value, for example. At the same time, one game is ended by deriving the variable display result to the variable display device capable of variably displaying a plurality of types of identifiable symbols, and according to the variable display result derived to the variable display device. It can also be applied to slot machines in which winning is possible.

Further, in the slot machine, the advantageous state for the player means a big bonus bonus or a regular bonus that increases the winning probability of a small role, or a state in which an operation mode advantageous for the player is notified (for example, AT (assist time) state). ) And a state in which an advantageous operation mode for the player is notified and the winning probability of the replay combination is increased (for example, ART (assist replay time) state).

In addition, when it is possible to execute the predetermined effect of the present invention in the slot machine, a special role such as a big bonus bonus or a regular bonus is internally won, but in a state where the combination of symbols is carried over without being completed, it becomes a special role. It is possible to execute suggestive effects that suggest the possibility that a corresponding combination of symbols will be derived and displayed and setting suggestions that suggest the setting values set in the slot machine over multiple games (variable display multiple times), or AT state. It is possible to execute over a plurality of games (variable display for a plurality of times) until the AT state or the ART state is won and the AT state or the ART state is started.

1 Pachinko gaming machine 5 Image display device 103 ROM
120 CPU for production control

Claims (1)

A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state that is advantageous to the player and that can be set to any one of a plurality of setting values with different degrees of advantage to the player,
A predetermined effect execution means capable of executing a predetermined effect in any one of a plurality of effect modes;
The effect mode of the predetermined effect includes a first suggestion mode for making a suggestion regarding the setting, and a second suggestive aspect for making a suggestion about a setting different from the setting suggested in the first suggestive aspect,
If the predetermined effect of the first suggestion mode and the predetermined effect of the second suggestion mode can be executed when executing the predetermined effect a plurality of times, the predetermined effect execution means selects a first effect from a plurality of times. The predetermined effect of the second suggestive aspect is higher when the predetermined effect is executed a second number of times after the first number of times among a plurality of times than when the predetermined effect is executed once. A gaming machine characterized by being capable of executing.

Images